chapter 4: description of the natura physical environment

Transcription

CHAPTER 4: DESCRIPTION OF THE NATURAL
PHYSICAL ENVIRONMENT
EIA HYDROELECTRIC PROJECT LAS PLACETAS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
4.1
GEOLOGY, GEOMORPHOLOGY AND TECTONICS
11
4.1.1
INTRODUCTION
11
4.1.2
METHODOLOGY
11
4.1.3
REGIONAL GEOLOGY AND DETAILS OF THE PROJECT
12
4.1.3.1 Stratigraphy
13
4.1.3.2 The Superior Jurassic Duarte Complex – Cretaceous inferior (J3 –K1)
13
4.1.3.3 The Superior Tireo Cretaceous Formation (K2)
14
4.1.3.4 Tavera’s Group Magua Paleocene Formation: Paleocene–Eocene (P1-2)
15
4.1.3.5 Quaternary
15
4.1.3.6 Holocene, Rain water deposits and valley depths, Gravel and sand.
15
4.1.3.7 Sabaneta Reservoir
16
4.1.3.8 Reservoir Los Limones
19
4.1.3.9 Tunnel Connection Sabaneta Reservoir – Los Limones Reservoir
21
4.1.3.10 Uploading Tunnel between Los Limones - Casa de Máquinas
22
4.1.3.11 Discharge Tunnel Casa de Máquinas – Bao River
23
4.1.3.12 High Voltage Line of 138 kV
26
4.1.3.13 138 kV high voltage line Casa de Máquinas in El Higűero – Sabaneta reservoir.
26
4.1.3.14 138 kV high voltage line Casa de Máquinas in El Higűero – Taveras reservoir.
27
4.1.3.15 Conclusions
27
4.1.4
LAND
28
4.1.4.1 Introduction
28
4.1.4.2 Rugged Mountain Terrain (104-105)
30
4.1.4.3 The Baiguate Group – Hondo Auyamas – Jimenoa (29-27-26-31)
31
4.1.4.4 Palma Group (10)
33
4.1.4.5 Gurabo Group – Guatapanal (112-114)
34
4.1.4.6 Conclusions
34
4.1.5
PERMEABILITY OF THE MATERIAL
34
4.1.6
STABILITY OF THE SLOPES
39
COR-01-EI-004-07
Chapter 4: Description of Physical and Natural Media
Page 1
LAS PLACETAS HYDROELECTRIC PROJECT EIA
4.1.6.1 Corrosion Potential
43
4.1.7
46
SEISMIC ACTIVITY
4.1.7.1 Preliminary Evaluation of Seismic Threat
46
4.1.7.2 Identification of the sources of seismic generators (tectonic aspects)
47
4.1.7.3 Determination of the Seismic Potential
50
4.1.7.4 Collect and Interpret Historical Earthquake Data and Reoccurrences.
51
4.1.7.5 Seismic-Tectonic Zoning
52
4.1.7.6 Estimated Maximum Accelerations for the Area
54
4.1.7.7 Map of Seismic Vulnerability
57
4.1.7.8 Conclusions
58
4.1.8
59
EROSION PROCESSES, SEDIMENTATION AND LANDSLIDES
4.1.8.1 Threats associated with erosion processes
59
4.1.8.2 First Step – Elaboration of the Map of Erosion Potential
59
4.1.8.3 Second Step - Elaboration of a Map of Analysis of Erosion
61
4.1.8.4 Activity associated with slope movement
65
4.1.8.5 Stability of the Slopes
69
4.1.8.6 Conclusions
69
4.1.9
SAMPLING METHODOLOGY AND TESTS
69
4.1.10
Estimates of quantities, depths, area and type of soil to move during a construction. 70
4.1.10.1 Mechanics of Structural Foundations
72
4.1.11
74
STRATIFICATION, FOLIATION, CRACKS, FAULTS.
4.1.11.1 Foliation
74
4.1.11.2 Tectonics
76
4.1.11.3 Faults
77
4.1.11.4 Alignments
78
4.2
CLIMATOLOGY
82
4.2.1
INTRODUCTION
82
4.2.2
GENERAL CLIMATOLOGY IN STUDY AREA
83
4.2.3
DIRECT AND INDIRECT AREA OF INFLUENCE DETERMINATION
85
4.2.4
AVAILABLE CLIMATOLOGICAL INFORMATION
86
4.2.4.1 Existing Metrological Stations
87
4.2.5
PRECIPITATION (SPATIAL DISTRIBUTION: ISOHYETS AND SEASONAL: MONTHLY)
88
4.2.6
MAXIMUM RAIN IN 24 HOURS
95
4.2.7
TEMPERATURE
96
COR-01-EI-004-07
Page 2
4.2.8
WIND (DIRECTION AND SPEED)
98
4.2.9
RELATIVE HUMIDITY
99
4.2.10
BAROMETRIC PRESSURE
99
4.2.11
SOLAR OR ISOLATION RADIATION
100
4.2.12
EVAPORATION
100
4.2.13
HYDRIC BALANCE
101
4.3
SURFACE AND SUBTERRANEAN HYDROLOGY
105
4.3.1
SURFACE WATER COURSE IDENTIFICATION, CHARACTERIZATION AND MAPPING
105
4.3.2
MEAN FLOW – PRESENT REGIMEN (ORIGINAL REPORT ELABORATED BY EDH, S.A.)
108
4.3.3
MODIFIED REGIME ZONE PROJECT INFLUENCE
115
4.3.3.1 Tributaries Flow Calculus
115
4.3.3.2 Spas Flow Calculations (Original Report issues by EDH, S.A.)
117
4.3.3.3 Ecological Flow
120
4.3.3.4 Maximum and Minimum Flows (Original Report completed by EDH, S.A.)
123
4.4
HYDROGEOLOGY
129
4.5
FLORA AND VEGETATION
132
4.5.1
INTRODUCTION
132
4.5.2
THE STUDY AREA
133
4.5.3
METHODS
136
4.5.4
COMPOSION OF FLORA
137
4.5.4.1 Biological Types
138
4.5.4.2 Biogeografic Status
139
4.5.4.3 Level of Presence or Degree of Abundance
140
4.5.4.4 Treathened and Protected Plants
141
4.5.4.5 Environmental Description. Types of Environments of Vegetatative Associations.
145
4.6
FAUNA
172
4.6.1
INTRODUCTION
172
4.6.2
THE OBJECTIVES
172
4.6.3
METHODS
173
4.6.4
RESULTS AND DISCUSSION
174
4.6.4.1 Sabaneta Dam and its influence area
174
4.6.4.2 Los Limones Dam and its influence area
175
4.6.4.3 Las Placetas
175
4.6.4.4 Spa Bao River and its area of influence
175
COR-01-EI-004-07
Page 3
4.6.4.5 Agua Caliente Bao River (Spa) Bridge
176
4.6.4.6 Transmission Line
176
4.6.5
AMPHIBIANS AND REPTILES
176
4.6.6
RESULTS BY AREAS
180
4.6.6.1 Amphibians and Reptiles
180
181
4.6.6.3 Los Limones Dam and its area of influence
182
4.6.6.4 Las Placetas / El Higüero
183
4.6.6.5 Spa Bao River and its influence area
184
4.6.6.6 Aguas Calientes Bao River (Spa) Bridge
184
185
4.7
BIRDS
185
4.7.1
STUDIED AREAS
188
4.7.1.1 Sabaneta Dam and surrounding areas
188
4.7.1.2 Los Limones Dam
189
189
4.7.1.4 Spa Bao and area of influence
189
4.7.1.5 Area called Aguas Calientes
190
4.7.1.6 Transmision Line
190
4.7.2
FRAGIL ENVIRONMENTS
190
4.8
ICHTYOFAUNA
191
4.8.1
INTRODUCTION
191
4.8.2
METHODS
191
4.8.3
BIOTIC DESCRIPTION
194
4.8.3.1 Physical Framework
194
4.8.3.2 Distribution of the ichtyofauna
194
4.9
MAMMALS
198
4.9.1
INTRODUCTION
198
4.9.2
METHODOLOGY
199
4.9.3
RESULTS AND DISCUSSION
200
4.9.4
LOS LIMONES DAM AND ITS AREA OF INFLUENCE
205
4.10
LANDSCAPE
210
4.10.1
METHODOLOGY
210
4.10.2
CARTOGRAPHIC ANALYSIS
210
COR-01-EI-004-07
Page 4
4.10.2.1 Phase No. 1 Development of the Landscape Units Map
211
4.10.3
UNIT I: CONIFERS, HARDWOOD, AND AGROFOREST FOREST
215
4.10.4
UNIT II: SCRUBLAND AND PASTURES
216
4.10.5
UNIT III: COMBINED AGRICULTURE
216
4.10.6
UNIT IV: SCANT VEGETATION
217
4.10.7
PHASE NO. 2: DEVELOPMENT OF THE LANDSCAPE POTENTIAL MAP
217
4.10.8
ARMANDO BERMÚDEZ NATIONAL PARK
218
4.10.9
ALTO BAO FOREST RESERVATION
218
4.10.10 PHASE NO. 3: DEVELOPMENT OF LANDSCAPE FRAGILITY MAP
222
4.10.11 PHASE NO. 4: DEVELOPMENT OF LANDSCAPE FRAGILITY MAP
223
4.10.12 PHASE NO. 5 DEVELOPMENT OF MAP OF INFRASTRUCTURE ACCEPTABILITY
225
4.10.13 CONCLUSIONS
228
LIST OF TABLES
Table 4.1: Summary of the Principal Geological Formations...................................................................... 23
Table 4.2: Classification of solid rock as function of permeability ............................................................. 35
Table 4.3: Measurement SPL01........................................................................................................................ 35
Table 4.5: Measurement SPL04....................................................................................................................... 36
Table 4.7: SPS – 1 ............................................................................................................................................... 37
Table 4.8: SPS – 2 ............................................................................................................................................... 38
Table 4.9: SPS – 3 ............................................................................................................................................... 38
Table 4.10: Stability of the Slopes.................................................................................................................... 39
Table 4.11: Stability of Slope ............................................................................................................................ 42
Table 4.12: Evaluation of the Slope vs. Lithology......................................................................................... 43
Table 4.13: Relation Magnitude – Period of Reoccurrence .......................................................................... 54
Table 4.14: Interval of Magnitude ................................................................................................................... 57
Table 4.15: Intervals used................................................................................................................................. 60
Table 4.16: Intervals of the Slopes................................................................................................................... 60
Tabla 4.17 : Values used in the intersection and categorization ................................................................. 61
Table 4.18 : Types of Lithology........................................................................................................................ 62
Table 4.19: Analysis of Erosion ....................................................................................................................... 62
Table 4.20: Volumes of Materials to Remove ................................................................................................ 71
Table 4.21: Analysis of Alignments ................................................................................................................ 79
Table 4.22: Hydric Climatic Information ....................................................................................................... 87
Table 4.23: Average Precipitation in the Project Surrounding Stations..................................................... 89
Table 4.24: Relative Monthly Precipitation Percentages.............................................................................. 92
Table 4.25: Monthly Average Rainy Days in Project nearby Stations........................................................ 94
Table 4.26: Maximum Precipitation in 24 hours for Different Return Periods ......................................... 95
Table 4.27 : Normal Wind Speed in km/h (3 m draft head ) ...................................................................... 98
Table 4.28: Relative Humidity Monthly Average in % ................................................................................ 99
COR-01-EI-004-07
Page 5
Table 4.29: Sun Hours Monthly Daily Average .......................................................................................... 100
Table 4.30: Global Radiation Jarabacoa Station........................................................................................... 100
Table 4.31: Evaporation Media Monthly Average...................................................................................... 101
Table 4.32 : Maximal Monthly Evaporation ................................................................................................ 101
Table 4.33: Minimal Monthly Evaporation.................................................................................................. 101
Table 4.34: Tavera Station Hydric Balance .................................................................................................. 101
Table 4.35: Mata Grande Station Hydric Balance ....................................................................................... 103
Table 4.36: Jarabacoa Station Hydric Balance.............................................................................................. 104
Table 4.37: San José de Las Matas Station Hydric Balance ....................................................................... 105
Table 4.38: Hydrometrics Stations Network ............................................................................................... 108
Table 4.39: Daily Mean Flow Observed in Sabaneta’s Bao Station ......................................................... 109
Table 4.40: Daily Mean Flow Observed in Higüero’s Jagua Station ....................................................... 109
Table 4.41: Daily Mean Flow Observed in Agua Caliente’s Bao Station (suspended) .......................... 110
Table 4.42: Flow Duration Table for Reservoirs and Recreacional Spas Sites ........................................ 114
Table 4.43: Caudales Medios Estimados de los Tributarios del Río Jagua del Tramo Afectado.......... 116
Table 4.44: Caudales Medios Estimados de los Tributarios del Río Bao del Tramo Afectado ............. 116
Table 4.45: Current and Modified Average Flows for the Different Spas ............................................... 119
Table 4.46: Resultant Minimum Ecological Flow ....................................................................................... 123
Table 4.47: Maximum Annual Flows Observad on Bao and Jagua Rivers.............................................. 124
Table 4.48: Maximum Flows Registered on Bao in Aguas Calientes and Jagua in the Higuero.......... 124
Table 4.49: Comparison of Maximu Annual Flows Bao Wiver in Sabaneta (m3/s) ............................. 125
Table 4.50: Measurement of Electrical Conductivity (EC), pH and Total Dissolved Solids (TDS) ...... 127
Table 4.51: Water Sample Analyses Laboratory Results............................................................................ 127
Table 4.52. Treathened and/or Protected Species in the Area of the Project.......................................... 144
Table 4.53: List of amphibians and reptiles species at the Project area.................................................... 177
Table 4.54: List of amphibian species and reptiles, by areas of the Project ............................................. 180
Table 4.55: Birds by Areas, Las Placetas Project.......................................................................................... 185
Table 4.56: Ichtyofauna Sampling Stations.................................................................................................. 192
Table 4.57: List of Freshwater Fish Species.................................................................................................. 195
Table 4.58: Mammals species present in the Mata Grande Río Bao Project area and its
surroundings ................................................................................................................................................... 200
Table 4.59: Species by authors and threat category.................................................................................... 203
Table 4.60: Mammals species present in the Project area (Los Limones Dam in Río Jagua and
surroundings) .................................................................................................................................................. 206
Table 4.61: Species by authors and threat category in El Limón ............................................................. 207
Table 4.62: Decision Matrix – Use of Soil & Slopes..................................................................................... 211
Table 4.63: Surfaces and its Corresponding Percentages........................................................................... 213
Table 4.64: Landscape Units & Protected Areas ......................................................................................... 219
Table 4.65: Characterization of the Landscape Fragility, Population Concentration and Length of
Roads ................................................................................................................................................................ 222
Table 4.66: Landscape Fragility and Landscape Units............................................................................... 223
Table 4.67: Landscaping Potential and Landscape Fragility. .................................................................... 226
LIST OF FIGURES
Figure 4.1: Map of the Land Association ....................................................................................................... 29
Figure 4.2: Measurements in the area of Los Limones reservoir ................................................................ 37
Figure 4.3: Measurements at the Area of the Sabaneta Reservoir .............................................................. 38
Figure 4.4: Flow diagram of how we obtained the map of slope stability ................................................ 42
Figure 4.5: Geotectonic Situation of the Caribbean Plaque (Mann et al., 1990-1998)............................... 48
COR-01-EI-004-07
Page 6
Figure 4.6: Map of the Principal Faults of DR. HFZ (Hispaniola Fault Zone) GFZ (Guácara Fault
Zone)................................................................................................................................................................... 49
Figure 4.7: Map of Seismic Influence.............................................................................................................. 51
Figure 4.8: Map of epicenters and faults considering the 50 km radius of influence for the project..... 52
Figure 4.9: Map of Seismic-Tectonic Zoning ................................................................................................. 53
Figure 4.10: Map of Hispaniola corresponding to the Iso-acceleration Curves with 10% of
exceedance in 5 years........................................................................................................................................ 56
exceedance in 50 years...................................................................................................................................... 56
Figure 4.12: Map of Seismic Vulnerability for the area of the project........................................................ 58
Figure 4.13: Flow-diagram to obtain the map of erosion............................................................................. 59
Figure 4. 14. Map of the tectonic terrains of La Hispaniola. A red circle marks the location of the
project. Taken from the Geological Risks and Prevention Project (Seísmic Risks). ................................ 77
Figure 4.15. Map of the alignments taken from the Geological Risk and Prevention Project (see
Annex of Maps) ................................................................................................................................................. 78
Figure 4.16. Alignments in the Duarte Tectonic Terrain ............................................................................. 79
Figure 4.17: Linear Elements (cracks and faults) .......................................................................................... 80
Figure 4.18: Climatic Classification of Las Placetas Project Influence Area.............................................. 84
Figure 4.19: Isohyets Map ................................................................................................................................ 89
Figure 4.20: Rain Events in Cuenca Media y Baja Río Bao Stations ........................................................... 90
Figure 4.21: Rain Events at Cuenca Media and Alta Río Bao Stations....................................................... 91
Figure 4.22: Total Relative Annual Precipitation Events in % .................................................................... 94
Figure 4.23: Monthly Average Rainy Days.................................................................................................... 95
Figure 4.24: Surrounding Isotherms.............................................................................................................. 96
Figure 4.25: Temperature Media Average in ºC ........................................................................................... 97
Figure 4.26: Monthly Average Minimum Temperature (ºC) ...................................................................... 97
Figure 4.27: Monthly Average Maximum Temperature (ºC)...................................................................... 98
Figure 4.28: Tavera Station Hydric Balance................................................................................................. 102
Figure 4.29: Mata Grande Station Hydric Balance ..................................................................................... 103
Figure 4.30: Jarabacoa Station Hydric Balance Graphic Representation ................................................. 104
Figure 4.31: San José de las Matas Station Hydric Balance ....................................................................... 105
Figure 4.32: Contributing River and Basin Map Las Placetas Project...................................................... 106
Figure 4.33: Draining Pattern Las Placetas Project ..................................................................................... 107
Figure 4.34: Seasonal Development Daily Mean Flow for the Measuring Points .................................. 111
Figure 4.35: Monthly Mean Flow Comparison ........................................................................................... 112
Figure 4.36: Flow Duration Curve for Bao River ........................................................................................ 113
Figure 4.37: Flow Duration Curve Río Jagua in Los Limones................................................................... 113
Figure 4.38: Bao River Tributaries Network................................................................................................ 117
Figure 4.39: Jagua River Tributaries Network ............................................................................................ 117
Figure 4.40: Extract of Hydrogeological Map (1:250,000 Scale) ................................................................ 131
Figure 4.41: Flora List ..................................................................................................................................... 138
Figure 4.42: Biological Types of Species Reported ..................................................................................... 139
Figure 4.43: Biogeografic Status of the Species ........................................................................................... 140
Figure 4.44: Level of Presence of the Species............................................................................................... 141
Figure 4.45: Location of the Ichtyofauna sampling stations...................................................................... 192
Figure 4.46: Digital Tridimensional Topographic Model of the Project Region..................................... 195
Figure 4.47: Landscape Units Map - development diagram ..................................................................... 211
Figure 4.48: Landscape Units Map ............................................................................................................... 214
Figure 4.49: Landscape Potential .................................................................................................................. 219
Figure 4.50: Landscaping Potentiality .......................................................................................................... 221
COR-01-EI-004-07
Page 7
Figure 4.51: Preliminary Fragility Map Diagram........................................................................................ 222
Figure 4.52: Diagram of Map of Preliminary Landscape Fragility........................................................... 223
Figure 4.53: Landscape Fragility Map .......................................................................................................... 224
Figure 4.54: Diagram of Map of Acceptability ............................................................................................ 225
Figure 4.55: Map showing Acceptabity of the Infrastructure on the Landscape ................................... 227
LIST OF PHOTOS
Photo 4.1: A lode in pathway between the brooks Matica de Plátano and Antón Sape Bueno ............. 16
Photo 4.2: Lode on the road between the brook’s Matica de Plátanos and Antón Sape Bueno.
Coordinates 290,458 E 2, 123,574 N ................................................................................................................ 17
Photo 4.3: Brook Antón Sape Bueno. Coordinates 289, 751 E 2, 124, 169 N.............................................. 17
Photo 4.4: A lode on the road to the brook Antón Sape Bueno. Coordinates 289,914 E 2, 123,975
N .......................................................................................................................................................................... 18
Photo 4.5: A lode at the brook Matica de Plátano. Coordinates 291,017 E 2,124,686 N........................ 19
Photo 4.6: Flooded plains at the river Jagua. Coordinates 302,282 E 2,121,363 N ................................ 20
Photo 4.7: Terrace in the middle of the river Jagua. Coordinates 302,282 E 2,121,363 N ....................... 20
Photo 4.8: A tonalite lode by the road to Los Limones towards Las Placetas Arriba. Coordenadas:
301,391 E 2, 121,756 N..................................................................................................................................... 21
Photo 4.9: A rock lode at the edge of the river Jagua, next to the road to Loma Pico. Coordinates:
302,313 E 2,121,376 N...................................................................................................................................... 21
Photo 4.10: Lode by the road to Las Carreras towards El Manaclar. Coordinates: 302,481 E
2,126,979 N ......................................................................................................................................................... 24
Photo 4.11: Foliated tonalite LODE at the stress zone on a side detour road to Bao reservoir.
Coordinates: 309,886 E 2,134,189 N ............................................................................................................... 25
Photo 4.12: Panoramic view from the road to Los Asientos. Coordinates: 311,688 E 2,134,745 N....... 25
Photo 4.13: On the road past the crossing of the Jamamú River. Coordinates: 296,817 E 2,123,517
N .......................................................................................................................................................................... 26
Photo 4.14 Road to the brook Antón Sape Bueno. Coordinates 290,458 E 2,123,574 N ......................... 30
Photo 4.15: Lode on the road to the brook Antón Sape Bueno. Coordinates 290,123 E 2,123,840 N ..... 31
Photo 4.16: Panoramic view from above on the way down to the Bao River. Coordinates 290,529 E
2, 123,560 N ........................................................................................................................................................ 32
Photo 4.17: Bean planting on the slopes of the mountain on the road from Jamamú. Below the
crossing to the Jamamú River. Coordinates 296,735 E 2,124,249 N........................................................... 33
Photo 4.18: Lode of Laterite on the road towards the brook Hondo. Coordinates 290,824 E
2,124,012 N ......................................................................................................................................................... 40
Photo 4.19: Lode of laterite on the road towards the brook Hondo. Coordinates 303,502 E
2,127,161 N ......................................................................................................................................................... 40
Photo 4.20: Lode of Laterite on the road through to the brook Hondo Coordinates 291,244 E
2,123,508 N ......................................................................................................................................................... 41
Photo 4.21: Lode of Laterite on the road through the brook Hondo. Coordinates 291,753 E
2,124,185 N ......................................................................................................................................................... 41
Photo 4.22: Lode of clayish material arcilloso in the process of laterite formation, on the road to
the brook Antón Sape Bueno,. Coordinates 290,123 E 2,123,840 N.......................................................... 44
Photo 4.23: Lode of lateritic material on the road towards the brook Antón Sape Bueno...................... 45
Photo 4.24: Lode of lateritic material on the road towards the brook Hondo. Coordinates 299,744
E 2,125,971 N..................................................................................................................................................... 45
Photo 4.25: Lode of lateritic material through a short-cut on the road to Calimetal. Coordinates
295,347 E 2,122,077 N....................................................................................................................................... 46
COR-01-EI-004-07
Page 8
Photo 4.26. Erosion process manifested in this caviture of the terrain on the road towards Aguas
Calientes. Coordinates 300,606 E 2, 127,944 N .............................................................................................. 63
Photo 4.27. Intense erosion process shown in the veins of Quartz uncovered by the road closet to
Aguas Calientes. Coordenadas 299,928 E 2, 128,805 N................................................................................ 63
Photo 4.28. Section of Bao River. Coordinates 290,529E 2,123,560 N......................................................... 64
Photo 4.29. Collapses located on the path to the brook Antón Sape Bueno. Coordinates 289,930 E
2,123,959 N ......................................................................................................................................................... 65
Photo 4.30. By the path towards the crossing of the brook Matica de Plátano, landslide. Ready to
advance. Coordinates 291,017 E 2,124,686 N................................................................................................ 66
Photo 4.31. Collapses are observe don the path to the Los Limones reservoir. Coordinates 299,928
E 2,128,805 N..................................................................................................................................................... 66
Photo 4.32. Collapses observed by the road towards the area of Los Limones reservoir.
Coordinates 300,606 E 2,127,944 N ................................................................................................................ 67
Photo 4.33. On the path pass the crossing of the brook Matica de Plátano, landslide in
preparation. Coordinates 290,748 E 2,124,330 N.......................................................................................... 67
Photo 4.34. Crumple at the Río Jamamú crossing. Coordinates 297,034 E 2,124,524 N ......................... 68
Photo 4.35. On a stop at Los Corrales scares of incipient breaks. Coordinates 305,176 E 2,130,350
N .......................................................................................................................................................................... 69
Photo 4.36: Lode of amphibolites subjected to foliation, on the path to the brook Antón Sape
Bueno, Coordinates X:290,824 E Y: 2,124,012 ............................................................................................... 75
Photo 4.37. Lode showing the tendencies to foiliate on the road towards the Brooke Antón Sape
Bueno. Coordinates X:290,458 E Y: 2,123,574 ................................................................................................ 75
Photo 4.38. Lode of schist. Coordinates X: 290,702 E Y: 2, 123,203........................................................... 76
Photo 4.39. Lode with cracks from foliation in the Jagua River. Coordinates X:305,463 E Y:
2,125,066 ............................................................................................................................................................. 76
Photo 4.40. Lode with cracks in the terrace Alta Llanura from flooding Jagua River. Coordinates
X:305,463 E y Y: 2,125,066............................................................................................................................... 81
Photo 4.41. Lode with cracks on the road to the Bao Reservoir. Coordinates X:309,886 E: 2,134,189 ... 81
Photo 4.42: General View of La Sierra.......................................................................................................... 133
Photo 4.43. View of Ruggedness in La Sierra.............................................................................................. 134
Photo 4.44. Syzygium jambos, dominates the riparian vegetation of the zone ...................................... 135
Photo 4.45: Maguey, Agave antillarum, protected species .......................................................................... 142
Photo 4.46. Royal Palms, Roystonea hispaniolana, protected species ........................................................ 143
Photo 4.47. A pine, Pinus occidentalis, protected species............................................................................ 143
Photo 4.48. An example of a palmetto palm, Sabal domingensis, protected species................................ 144
Photo 4.49. RiparianVegetation of Bao River in Mata Grande.................................................................. 146
Photo 4.50. Confluence of Antón Sape Bueno Creek with Bao River ...................................................... 147
Photo 4.51. Plaintain Cultivation, Musa x paradisiaca ................................................................................. 148
Photo 4.52. Riparian Vegetation of Bao River ............................................................................................. 148
Photo 4.53. Partial View of a bend of Bao River ......................................................................................... 149
Photo 4.54. View of grassland where the Tunnel will pass....................................................................... 150
Photo 4.55: Agricultural crops can be observed surrounded by pinewoods.......................................... 151
Photo 4.56: General View of Pinewoods in Elevations next to Bao River ............................................... 151
Photo 4.57: View Riparian Vegetation if Jagua River................................................................................. 152
Photo 4.58: Riparian Vegetation on the Dam Site of Los Limones ........................................................... 153
Photo 4.59: General View of Pinewoods near Jagua River........................................................................ 154
Photo 4.60: Grassland with scattered pine trees ......................................................................................... 155
Photo 4.61: Forestal Plantation of Pinus occidentalis................................................................................. 155
Photo 4.62: Grassland with scattered trees in Section VI........................................................................... 156
Photo 4.63: Grasslands with planted pines.................................................................................................. 156
COR-01-EI-004-07
Page 9
Photo 4.64: View of the vegetation in Section VII; dam trail of Bao River to the foreground .............. 157
Photo 4.65: Jánico Town Spa on Bao River .................................................................................................. 157
Photo 4.66: Riparian Vegetation of Bao River, near to the Spa of Jánico................................................. 158
Photo 4.67: Riparian Vegetation of Bao River, near the Spa of Jánico ..................................................... 159
Photo 4.68: Aguas Calientes Spa on the Bao River ..................................................................................... 160
Photo 4.69: Riparian Vegetation of Bao River on the Aguas Calientes Spa ............................................ 160
Photo 4.70: Higüero Spa, West of the bridge............................................................................................... 161
Photo 4.71: Higüero Spa, East of the bridge ................................................................................................ 162
Photo 4.72: Panoramic View of Jagua River, in Higüero ........................................................................... 163
Photo 4.73: Riparian Vegetation on Los Plátano River .............................................................................. 163
Photo 4.74: Higüero River enters Jagua River to the right ........................................................................ 164
Photo 4.75: Powerhouse Area, in the Higüero ............................................................................................ 165
Photo 4.76: Riparian Vegetation on Jagua River......................................................................................... 165
Photo 4.77: View from above of work camp area, in Higüero.................................................................. 166
Photo 4.78: Grassland in the Area of Construction of the Powerhouse................................................... 166
Photo 4.79: Grasslands with Trees on the Powerhouse Area.................................................................... 167
Photo 4.80: Typical Vegetation if the Powerhouse Area............................................................................ 168
Photo 4.81: Riparian Vegetation and Grassland on Los Plátanos River .................................................. 168
Photo 4.82: Small Crops in the Powerhouse Area ...................................................................................... 169
Photo 4.83: Panoramic View of the place of water return on the Bao River. .......................................... 170
Photo 4.84: Area of Influence of water return on the Bao River ............................................................... 170
Photo 4.85: Cercanía de la dam trail en el área de influencia del desfogue, Río Bao............................. 171
Photo 4.86: Common lizard (Anolis distichus) ........................................................................................... 178
Photo 4.87: Hispaniolan Common Treefrog (Osteopilus dominicensis) ................................................. 179
Photo 4.88: Lizard “Anole” (Anolis christophei) characteristic of this environment ............................... 183
Photo 4.89: Pumpwood Fruits (eats palmchat).............................................................................................. 188
Photo 4.90: Fruits of the guarana .................................................................................................................. 189
Photo 4.91: Bao River...................................................................................................................................... 191
Photo 4.92: Bat trapped in net ....................................................................................................................... 199
Photo 4.93: Artibeus jamaicensis...................................................................................................................... 202
Photo 4.94: Haitian fruit eater bat, Phyllops haitiensis.................................................................................... 202
Photo 4.95: Hispaniolan solenodon, Solenodon paradoxus (Source: Periódico El Nacional) .......................... 205
Photo 4.96: Forest Type 1
Photo 4.97: Forest Type 2 ............................................................................................................................... 215
Photo 4.98: Pastures ........................................................................................................................................ 216
Photo 4.99: Beans and pigeon beans crop
Photo 4.100: Plantain Crop............................................................................................................................. 217
Photo 4.101: Section of a Slope with Scant Vegetation............................................................................... 217
Photo 4.102: Segment of Bao River ............................................................................................................... 220
COR-01-EI-004-07
Page 10
CHAPTER 4: DESCRIPTION OF THE NATURA PHYSICAL
ENVIRONMENT
4.1
GEOLOGY, GEOMORPHOLOGY AND TECTONICS
4.1.1
Introduction
The Las Placentas Hydroelectric Project is a highly complex project; to make it function
requires the construction of the following facilities:

A Dam in Sabaneta

A Dam in Los Limones

Tunnel connecting Sabaneta - Los Limones

Uploading tunnel between Los Limones - Casa de Máquinas

Unloading tunnel between Casa de Máquinas - Río Bao

138kw High Voltage power line
A regional description was prepared for a better understanding of the geology of the
project area for each facility mentioned above. The total area of influence included a
total 3km, where 1km represents the area of direct impact and the remaining 2 km
represent the indirect area of influence. The rational behind choosing these influence
intervals responds to the geologic-geomorphologic characteristics, as well as, the
tectonics, which presents changes within the Project area that should be considered
because of peculiarities in the natural environment and the location selected for each
facility.
4.1.2
Methodology
The following methodology was applied in order to complete an evaluation of the
geological, geomorphologic, tectonic and seismic risk to the Project area:
1. Identify and review existing geological information corresponding to geological
mapping and detailed studies; in this effort we can mention:
a) Consulting a geological map of the DR at a 1:250,000 scale with its memory;
b) Consulted the stratigraphic lexicon of the central mountain range.
2. Review of the Project K Geologic and Geometric Cartography of the DR SYSMIN I
with their respective memories.
COR-01-EI-004-07
Page 11
a) Geologic map at a 1:50,000 scale, Difference Sheet 5973-1, also consulted the
Sheet Jánico (in preparation) 6073-IV corresponding to the Geologic and
Geometric Cartography of the DR SISMIN II.
b) Geomorphologic map at a 1:100,000 scale, Arroyo Limón 5973 sheet.
c) Active Geological Process map at a 1:100,000 scale, Arroyo Limón 5973 sheet.
3. Review of the Geological Risk Prevention Project (Seismic risks)
a) Map of the Faults Systems at a 1:500,000 scale.
b) Alignment maps at a 1:50,000 scale.
c) The epicenter data base.
4. A study on the Seismic Threats to the Dominican Republic. This document reflects,
in an authoritative manner, the principal behavioral aspects of the target area from a
seismic point of view.
5. Review of OAS collection inventory of DR’s Natural Resources, Geomorphologic
map of DR. This in order to produce a classification of the present lands and for
units that will provide land preparation also for recognition of the vegetation
coverage.
6. Review of aerial photography at a 1:40,000 scale, panchromatic ortho-rectified
satellite images at a 1:50,000 scales and a flight over the project site at a 1:1000 scale.
These images permitted the performance of a photo-evaluation with the objective of
recognizing tectonic structures and lithotomic features present in the area of the
Project and the zone of influence.
7. Two field trips lasting 4 days were conducted throughout the Project area where
direct information was compiled and photographs of the most important geological
formations were taken and of special interests to the tectonic aspects of the Project.
4.1.3
Regional Geology and Details of the Project
The Project area is located entirely in the central mountain range specifically in the bulk
central zone.
The central mountain range is the principal mountainous system of the country and it
occupies a vast portion of its central surface area. It extends in a northeast – southeast
direction from the Haitian border to a point near the south coast in the proximity of
Bani. The northwest portion of the range ends east of the La Guadalajara and Naviza
hills (691 mi). Therein lays the most elevated peaks of the Antilles. In the western part,
we have Duarte Peak, Rucilla peak (both with over 3000 m) and Yaque peak (with over
2,700 m). In the eastern part, the highest peak is El Alto de la Bandera (Height of the Flag
COR-01-EI-004-07
Page 12
with over 2,800 m). The central mountain range essentially is formed of Cretaceous
volcanic rock, rich in peridotic serpentine like formations, batholithic tonalites and green
rocks.
4.1.3.1 Stratigraphy
The Stratigraphy of the zone is considered the most complicated of all the regions in the
Republic, given that it consists of a system of complex continental marine deposits,
volcanic rocks and plutonic intrusions, all this combined with an intense tectonic
metamorphism. The geological formations present in the area are:

The superior Jurassic Duarte complex – Cretaceous inferior (J3 –K1)

The superior Tireo Cretaceous formation (K2)

Tavera’s Group Magua Paleocene Formation: Paleocene – Eocene (P1-2)

Quaternary Holocene (Qh)
4.1.3.2 The Superior Jurassic Duarte Complex – Cretaceous inferior (J3 –K1)
The Duarte complex surges from the southern part of the Project, represented by the
green schist and amphibolites, within tonalite bodies embedded, from the embankments
to the platens with strong internal deformations, an elongated form in a NW-SE
direction and various kilometers in length. The green schist present masses of
amphibolites quite possibly formed through metamorphism of contact. Considering the
environment of the island, the Duarte complex is divided in two principal units:

Inferior Duarte complex

Superior Duarte complex
Inferior Duarte complex, generally in slate green facies, of which litho-logically
constitutes a group of slate and amphibolites, in general, they present a strong ductile
formation accompanied by sincinematic type of metamorphism. All the rocks present a
characteristic macroscopic green tone more or less darker, medium to fine grain and a
slate-like penetrating plane or rarely a lineal plane. The Volcanic and molten texture are
locally preserved, especially in the less deformed and metamorphosed rocks.
Superior Duarte complex, facies of green sub-esquites, formed at the base by a group of
metagrabros and intertwined meta-diabasic levees, which shoot upward in a sequence
of slates and cherts, with very thick meta-basaltic insertions. This litho-logic group of
major metamorphic proportions composed of amphibolic esquites and horblend
amphibolites are joined on contact with the tonalite foliage. The majority of the rocks of
COR-01-EI-004-07
Page 13
the Duarte complex, the inferior complex above all, present well developed shale’s,
where in other places you see sheared-like shale.
On a regional scale, the tonalite foliage emerges in a characteristic and exclusive body
designed by the metamorphic series of the Duarte complex.
They emerge in concordance with the schist of the region, meaning, in a NNW-SSE
direction.
The presence of foliated magma planar formations sub-vertically parallel to the touch
and the deformed Xenoliths suggests that the magma intrusion was conditioned by the
range of external forces to which the zone was submitted. Produced between the rocks
of the Duarte complex, during the sincinematic movement, there is a cornean type
recrystalization, which gives way to a mineralogical and texture change along an areola
metamorphism of about 1-2 km in width. This granitite rock is very meteor-like with the
tropical climate, where as fresh rock lode is scarce. The best lodes are found in the Mata
Grande zone. The Duarte complex is composed of ultra-basic rocks, tonalites,
magnificent levees, aplitic and quartz leucogranite.
Their in the Project area, exist an indistinct intrusive body known as El Batholitic Bao, it
occupies an area of about 170 km2 and it extends south to the community of Pedregal.
This body is more longer (aprox. 17 km) than wide (aprox. 10 km); its elongation extends
in an N-S direction. It is an equi-granular tonalite with presences of horblend,
plagioclase and recent quartz and posterior plagioclase, quartz and biotitic.
Amphibolites
This is about amphibolites rocks and fine to medium grain dark blue-green amphibolitequartz, that has developed a manufacture-like linear-plane with milonitic characteristics,
a consequence of the intense ductile formations and the regional metamorphism (see the
geological map of the Project).
4.1.3.3 The Superior Tireo Cretaceous Formation (K2)
The Tireo formation (Fm) is one the units represented in the area, Litho-logically it is
constituted of volcanic and volcanoclastic rock interweaved with sedimentary rocks,
existing also with frequent sprinkles plutonic and hypabyssal rocks. Of the Tireo Fm.,
the touch is always tectonic surging in a SE-NW direction. This lithology is related to the
Duarte complex. On one end it is limited by the amphibolites of the Duarte complex
with the intrusion of the Batholite Bao. Whereas on the SW extreme, it is limited by the
abundant band of green schist (see geological map of the Project).
COR-01-EI-004-07
Page 14
4.1.3.4 Tavera’s Group Magua Paleocene Formation: Paleocene–Eocene (P1-2)
The Fm. Magua an outcrop from the NE region of the Project. This formation defined by
Palmer (1963), extends from the Hispaniola fault zone, with a width of between 1-2 km.
This group appears to be very mixed into the Hispaniola fault zone because its deposits,
distribution and types of sediment or fillings are limited to this Hispaniola fault area.
It’s predominance is constituted by an interweaving conglomerated sequence of
sandstone, limestone, lutite and basaltic volcanic flows and openings.
The Fm. Magua is not metamorphosed and seems to be placed in a discordant angle
between the Duarte complex and the Tireo Fm., both metamorphosed with varying
conditions of green shale facies to amphibolites. The conglomerate Magua formation
includes pieces of tonalites with horblend identical in texture and composition to those
in the Duarte complex.
We’re dealing with basaltic gaps and coherent look of lava that also appear to form
levees and small low-lying protrusions (see the geological map of the area of the
Project).
4.1.3.5 Quaternary
These materials only reach a superficial development, very limited in the study zone,
caused by the location of its drainage network, their rain water deposits are very
shallow and on occasions, significantly reduced.
4.1.3.6 Holocene, Rain water deposits and valley depths, Gravel and sand.
Because of the intense rejuvenation of this off-set, caused in part by vulcanization and
lodes, the drainage network is sparse making water deposits scarce and in many cases
forming winding rivers difficult to map at our scale. This evidently is a result of, among
other things, bad flow characteristics of rain water networks over tonalite materials,
noticeably because of the strong superficial alterations that favor this morphology.
Among the water deposits, we highlight the Bao and Jagua rivers. Their potentials are
variable and difficult to evaluate, however they generally don’t exceed a depth of 2-4
meters. In the area you’ll observe a predominance of tonalite (seen in Batholite Bao), and
greater heterogeneity (seen from the south) from the presence of rocks pertaining to the
Duarte formation. It is comprised of sand and gravel ranging from 1-2 cm to 15-20 cm,
and in extreme cases at the southern most zone, they will reach 1 or more meters in
diameter. The sand proportion is greater in the northern deposits.
COR-01-EI-004-07
Page 15
The existence of an intense superficial alteration in the Batholite Bao, favor’s the
development of a granite “loam” easily attacked by the flowing water and external
weathering forces that favor and contribute to the deposit of fine granular sand in the
reservoir zones (see geological map of the area of the Project).
The following is a geological description in the order occurrence of the facilities to be
constructed (see Table 4.1).
4.1.3.7 Sabaneta Reservoir
The Sabaneta reservoir is located in the Inferior Duarte complex proper; even though it’s
contact with the Tireo formation is relatively close. It is in the domain of amphibolites,
tonalites and shale, these are the formations most representative of the area in question.
The presence of these rocks speaks of the metamorphism that occurred in the region,
furthermore, the presence of levees and tonalites ratifies the lode found in the Duarte
formation.
Photo 4.1: A lode in pathway between the brooks Matica de Plátano and Antón Sape Bueno
In the area you will see the facies of the foliated tonalites which litho-logically make-up
a combination of the foliated tonalites in contact with the amphibolites (see photo 4.1).
Here you can observe the intense sharp gradient that reflexes shale with a cutting edge.
These lodes are observed from the road to the brook Antón Sape Bueno, which leads to
the waters of the River Bao.
In the middle of the amphibolites we find well developed aplitic levees typical of the
Duarte formation (see Photo 4.2).
You will find a large quantity of quartz in the aplitic levees.
COR-01-EI-004-07
Page 16
These lodes are observed from the road to the brook Antón Sape Bueno, which leads to
the waters of the River Bao.
Photo 4.2: Lode on the road between the brook’s Matica de Plátanos and Antón Sape Bueno.
Coordinates 290,458 E 2, 123,574 N
Photo 4.2 shows the brook Antón Sape Bueno that runs through the amphibolites; you
can observe a pathway through the surge between two big blocks dragged during
moments of high water rising in the brook.
These lodes are observed from the road to the brook Antón Sape Bueno, which lead to
the waters of the river Bao.
Photo 4.3: Brook Antón Sape Bueno. Coordinates 289, 751 E 2, 124, 169 N
COR-01-EI-004-07
Page 17
Another important element to emphasize is that in this trajectory we observe a
lateralization of the tonalites, a consequence of the weathering they undergo. They
heave forward forming thick layers as observed by the clay-argillaceous type
terrigenous material.
The reddish argillaceous alterations are principally located above the forward rushes of
the foliated tonalites.
In Photo 4.4 we can observe the wide profile developed by the laterites where they join
the clay and argillaceous layer forming a strong terrain covered by dense vegetation.
Photo 4.4: A lode on the road to the brook Antón Sape Bueno.
Coordinates 289,914 E 2, 123,975 N
The aplitic levees with foliated tonalites are widely seen throughout the area. This surge
(Photo 4.5) corresponds to one at the brook Matica de Plátano where the water bed has
formed across the tonalites between the aplitic levees (white soften rocks) that are very
abundant in the region.
COR-01-EI-004-07
Page 18
Photo 4.5: A lode at the brook Matica de Plátano.
Coordinates 291,017 E 2,124,686 N
4.1.3.8 Reservoir Los Limones
The reservoir Los Limones is located specifically over the tonalites, in the intrusive body
called Bao. This intrusion is characterized for not having been submitted to the process
of foliation, this permits a clear distinction of the mineralization of the area. At the edges
of the tonalite body you sometimes see very isolated basaltic xenoliths.
Part of the water bed ecology of the river Jagua serves as a border for the development
of a dam. This space is mainly occupied by the rain water flows of mentioned river, as
well as the terraces formed at the expense of its evolution.
In Photos 4.6 and 4.7 we observe an inflection in the river where a distinguishable
flooded plane totally runs over a cluster of rock products formed from the dragging
motion in moments of flooding over-run. Also observed are the large accumulations of
light gray colored fine grains of sands and some clay material from the exposed
weathered tonalites.
COR-01-EI-004-07
Page 19
Photo 4.6: Flooded plains at the river Jagua. Coordinates 302,282 E 2,121,363 N
Photo 4.7: Terrace in the middle of the river Jagua. Coordinates 302,282 E 2,121,363 N
Tonalites with biotite mineralization, with a quartz vein lodged in its fault. Existence of
basaltic xenoliths (photo 4.8).
We could consider this fault zone fragile. The fractures are filled with feldspar
(plagioclase). That is, scattered with abundant material a product of weathering.
COR-01-EI-004-07
Page 20
Photo 4.8: A tonalite lode by the road to Los Limones towards Las Placetas Arriba.
Coordenadas: 301,391 E 2, 121,756 N
Lode intrusion containing maphic diorite rocks (Photo 4.9) loaded with abundant black
colored pyroxenes and amphibolites. The light colored tonalites are plagioclase mineralized quartz.
There is an abundant presence of joint- fractures.
Photo 4.9: A rock lode at the edge of the river Jagua, next to the road to Loma Pico.
Coordinates: 302,313 E 2,121,376 N
4.1.3.9 Tunnel Connection Sabaneta Reservoir – Los Limones Reservoir
The geological references for this part of the Project are difficult because of the lack of
information on the depths of the area. We can point out that contributions from previous
COR-01-EI-004-07
Page 21
studies performed in the area, have been based on inquiries made of the area where the
reservoirs will be located and of studies of the lodes known to the region.
Therefore, this description is made strictly of the characteristics of the terrains that were
evaluated through the field itineraries and from consultation of the geological works
performed by other authors.
The tunnel will span a distance of 11 km. and connect the reservoirs going across
geographic terrain described previously, corresponding to the batholite Bao.
Starting at the Sabaneta reservoir, we find that inquiries performed of this area describe
the occurrence of schist amphibolic rocks with a presence of levees and quartz veins. It is
noticeable at the beginning of the tunnel the existence of material very foliated where
you find both altered amphibolites as well as tonalites, where also, as a result of
metamorphism, the rocks acquire an abundance of epidotic material, this gives it a
greenish schist appearance.
It is in the depths at the areas in the region of the Jamamú River that contact the
batholite Bao, where the tonalite isn’t altered. Continuing the trajectory of the tunnel, we
find ourselves once again with foliated tonalites. Produced as a consequence of the stress
developed by intrusions during its emplacement stage; therefore you find numerous
cracks and fracture whose surface expression evidence a subsurface community of these
structures.
Continuing through the tunnel, we come to the last section, Los Limones reservoir
where the inquiries performed show the intrusive body with abundance of quartz levees
and granite rock, yet we see no evidence of mineral cleavage, furthermore, we have an
absence of deposits, the fact is, the reservoir is located directly above the tonalites.
It’s important to highlight that in this span, independent of the rocks presenting tectonic
contact, exists a strong influence of tectonic activities particularly toward the batholite;
the photo-presentation shows semi-annular cracks marking where the forces originated
during the intrusion.
4.1.3.10 Uploading Tunnel between Los Limones - Casa de Máquinas
This second tunnel will cover a 7.8 km span and will connect the reservoir Los Limones
with the Casa de Máquinas. This infrastructure, rest totally on the batholite Bao. From
the information obtained, consulting one of the inquiries performed on this area, it was
observed that along the slice inquired of this area we were in the occurrence of tonalites,
in part superficial, in the presence of sandy clay, product of the weathering occurring to
COR-01-EI-004-07
Page 22
the batholite, and the deeper we looked, we found a medium textured fresh rock
medium to light gray in color with green rocks and basaltic inclusions.
4.1.3.11 Discharge Tunnel Casa de Máquinas – Bao River
This section of the tunnel is located on the terrain in a SW – NE direction for a 9.2 km
distance and connects to Casa de Máquina from the discharge of the Bao River across
part of the batholite Bao, across the Duarte complex Superior and the Magua formation,
moving us across a large lithographical variety of metamorphic rocks, meta-volcanic
rocks and volcanogenic-sedimentary rocks.
Table 4.1: Summary of the Principal Geological Formations
Objective
Sabaneta Reservoir
Los Limones Reservoir
Connection tunnel, Sabaneta – Los Limones
Up-loading tunnel, Los Limones – Casa de
Máquinas
Discharge tunnel, Casa de Máquinas – Río Bao
High voltage line of 138 kw
Geological formation
Fm Duarte Complex Duarte Inferior (J3 – K1)
Fm Tireo (K2)
Tonalites Batholite Bao
Rain deposits (q f)
Duarte Complex Inferior
Tonalites Batholite Bao.
Rain deposits (q f)
Tonalites Batholite Bao.
Rain deposits (q f)
Fm Duarte Complex Duarte Superior (J3 – K1)
Fm Magua (P1-2)
Fm Duarte Complex Duarte Superior (J3 – K1)
Fm Duarte Complex Duarte Inferior (J3 – K1)
Fm Tireo (K2)
Fm Magua (P1-2)
The tunnel exit from Casa de Máquinas shows us that we are in the batholite with the
tonalites presenting a fresh rock yet the intrusions of various levees goes from aplitic,
leuco-granites to metadiabasic and quartz. Some of these levees crop out throughout the
project area. In photo 4.10 you can observe basaltic levees between the foliated tonalites.
Also, frequently seeing distinctions between basaltic xenoliths and meta-basaltic, this
because of the metamorphism of the region.
In this trajectory we find a lithographic grouping of major metamorphic grades made up
of amphibolic schist and amphibolites with hornblende which are associated to foliate
tonalites. In the Duarte complex Superior, you can judge an existence of a predominance
of massive meta-basaltic (green sub-schist facies).
COR-01-EI-004-07
Page 23
Photo 4.10: Lode by the road to Las Carreras towards El Manaclar.
Coordinates: 302,481 E 2,126,979 N
The group of the Superior area is very homogeneous and composed of fine grain,
massive dark green basaltic. The meta-basaltic porphide (green sub-schist facies, green
schist) constitute the Inferior area of the basaltic group. This strong span of coherent lava
of basaltic porphide, rich in magnesium, enters in contact from the north by way of the
fault with the Magua formation.
This same basaltic facies, very interweaved and leafy with a green schist appearance, is
also observe within the foliated tonalites.
In the Photo 4.11 we can observe the condition of the foliated tonalites, where in this
case, the stress zones are very important and should be considered in the analyses of the
tunnel path given that these same structures are probably located below the surface.
From the meta-basaltic contact, hereon we find Paleogene deposits represented by the
Magua formation, which is composted of a strong conglomerated series of intercalated
sands, limestone’s, lutite’s and gaps and flows of volcanic basaltic material.
COR-01-EI-004-07
Page 24
Photo 4.11: Foliated tonalite LODE at the stress zone on a side detour road to Bao reservoir.
Coordinates: 309,886 E 2,134,189 N
The discharge from the tunnel, produced by the Bao River, is channeled through the
walls formed at the expense of erosion from the incision of the river. From here we
follow through the conglomerates until we reach the Bao reservoir. In the photo 4.12 you
can observe the Bao reservoir.
Photo 4.12: Panoramic view from the road to Los Asientos.
Coordinates: 311,688 E 2,134,745 N
COR-01-EI-004-07
Page 25
4.1.3.12 High Voltage Line of 138 kV
The high voltage line of 138 kV runs from Casa de Máquinas towards the Taveras
reservoir, and with simple line to operate the Sabaneta and Los Limones reservoirs. For
the purpose of this study we have divide the lines in stretches.
138 kV high voltage line Casa de Máquinas in El Higűero – Sabaneta reservoir.

El Higűero – Los Limones reservoir

Los Limones reservoir – Sabaneta reservoir
138 kV high voltage line Casa de Máquinas in El Higűero – Taveras reservoir substation.

El Higűero – Los Cagűeyes

Los Cagűeyes – Jánico

Jánico – Taveras
4.1.3.13 138 kV high voltage line Casa de Máquinas in El Higűero – Sabaneta reservoir.
This stretch geologically covers two important lithologies.

Intrusive body formed by the batholitic tonalites which is a homogeneous intrusion
with the difference that it presents well developed sediment coverage. The power
line presence a mundane highlight even though its enclosure is within 800 to 1,200
meters (see Photo 4.13).
Photo 4.13: On the road past the crossing of the Jamamú River.
Coordinates: 296,817 E 2,123,517 N
COR-01-EI-004-07
Page 26

Part of the stretch covers the batholite and the Duarte complex Inferior represented
by the facies of green schist formed from the amphibolites and foliated tonalites.
4.1.3.14 138 kV high voltage line Casa de Máquinas in El Higűero – Taveras reservoir.
This stretch geologically covers:

Intrusive body formed by the batholite Bao.

Duarte complex Superior, represented by lithology of a larger metamorphic group
composed of amphibolic schist and horblend amphibolites of which, join on contact
with the foliated tonalites. Also cropping out are metagabros and a swarm of
metadiabasic levees that make their way vertically in a sequence of slates and cherts,
with thick intercalations of meta-basaltic material.

Magua formation, composed of a strong conglomerate sequence, represented by
lithology of a larger quantities of lodes with intercalations of sands, limestone, lutites
and gaps and flows of basaltic volcanic material. This formation, given its sedentary
character, is not metamorphosed. The conglomerate of the Magua formation
includes pieces of tonalites with horblend identical in texture and composition to the
solid masses of the Duarte complex. We are dealing with basaltic facies of coherent
lava and auto-gaps, although they might seem to form levees and small shallow
intrusions.
4.1.3.15 Conclusions
The areas of the project, as well as, the areas of influence are found within the following
formations:

The Duarte complex represented by metavolcanites, amphibolites, foliated tonalites,
etc., of which have a great influence in the construction process because the degree
of metamorphism influences the quality of the rock. Increasing, in some cases, their
fragility. Another aspect is, that in the middle of this lithography we find insertions
of numerous levees and veins of rock and mineralization, which on occasions, can
degrade or weather to produce unstable structures.

Schist has a huge tendency to degrade in the area of the Sabaneta reservoir, for that
reason we find increased developed shoreline erosion, product of this process.

The tunnel connection Sabaneta reservoir – Los Limones reservoir, on this stretch we
find a contact between two important relevant lithological changes, we are dealing
with an area with crop outs of amphibolites, tonalites and green schist with a degree
of metamorphism seen through a scheme of foliation, and the contact with the
batholite Bao, which has intruded into the area developing a great stress around the
COR-01-EI-004-07
Page 27
adjacent rocks. This provokes, from a tectonic point of view, that the area of the
tunnel is a sensitive area, because part of the marked lines of stress previously
mentioned, cross the tunnel.

The area of the batholite BAO is intruded with aplitic levees, leucogranite,
metagabros, and basaltic xenoliths. The importance of these small bodies is that they
induce the development of instability; they generally degrade the contacts and
generate sediment between the cracks, which can favor cleavage in the area.

The contact zone between the Duarte complex and the Magua formation is of
tectonic in character, and represents a change in the environment, from a geological
standpoint, because we change from meta-volcanic rock to sedimentary
volcanogenic sequences where the physical properties of the rocks drastically change
in resistance and cohesion.
4.1.4
4.1.4.1
Land
Introduction
The land is an element to be taken into view in the process of evaluation of this project
because it is a product of the deterioration and weathering that has undergone the area
and its characteristics highlight the function of morphology and climate among other
factors. The physiographical units substantially influence the composition of the profile
of the land, in each case adding to the relation of the climate and the flora which
characterize each of the diverse areas to be occupied. Another element to be considered
is the use of the land and the type of vegetation covering not only the project area but
also the area of direct influence; we can establish the degree to which each will endure
the effect of the introduction of the project. In general the land area of the project is
located as seen in the following geomorphic units (see figure 4.1):

Central Mountain Range

Northern Mountain Range

Western Valley of Cibao
COR-01-EI-004-07
Page 28
Figure 4.1: Map of the Land Association
The land analyses were performed on a regional scale, with special emphasis on
evaluation of the areas of direct impact from the project. The groups of lands with this
emphasis are:

The group of rugged mountain terrains (104-105), appertaining to the central
mountain range.

The Baiguate group – Hondo Auyamas – Jimenoa (29-27-26-31), appertaining to the
central mountain range.

The Palma group (10) appertaining to the northern mountain range.

Gurabo group – Guatapanal (112-114), appertaining to the western valley of Cibao.
COR-01-EI-004-07
Page 29
4.1.4.2
Rugged Mountain Terrain (104-105)
Under this denomination we have grouped lands with very uneven topography and in
general, with slopes over 100%, although composed of very different materials, varying
from basic metamorphic volcanic rocks, through acid mica quartz to sedentary-volcanic
rocks, with quartz, diorite and granites in the central part.
To this topographic condition we add commonly, the shallow effective depth of these
lands to limit their end-use as a forest or recreation utility (see photo 4.14). The most
important lands, because of their extensiveness, are the non-calcareous rugged
mountain terrain group (104), which has originated from igneous rocks, volcanic and
metamorphosed rocks. These lands present varied characteristics depending on their
material of origin, but generally are low depth, inherently low fertile strength and
greatly susceptible to erosion. Generally, the lands over basaltic material are brown and
very rocky; the lands from schist are shallow with a French-sandy texture and lots of
gravel.
Photo 4.14 Road to the brook Antón Sape Bueno.
Coordinates 290,458 E 2,123,574 N
In the previous photo we can observe the amount of forest in these lands.
The lands developed at the expense of the quartz-diorite materials are brown or grayishbrown, reddish and with course sandy; the lands developed at the expense of andesita
volcanic rocks are reddish, of great depths and clay-like texture, and the lands from
serpentine are, in some cases reddish (see photo 4.15), deep, very resistant to erosion,
while in others it is less deep, erosion susceptible, French-clayish material with a dark
brown color.
COR-01-EI-004-07
Page 30
The use of these lands is limited to forest uses, especially with their species of pines,
employing means and methods to conserve and limit exploitation. Fire control should be
considered as a basic practice.
Photo 4.15: Lode on the road to the brook Antón Sape Bueno.
Coordinates 290,123 E 2,123,840 N
4.1.4.3
The Baiguate Group – Hondo Auyamas – Jimenoa (29-27-26-31)
This association groups lands with very rough topography, of volcanic origin located on
the north-western end of the central mountain range. In this group we’ve joined lands
with rugged topography, low depths of originating material and very specially their low
level of fertility. The originating material is formed, in general, of rocks that contain
quartz and feldspar in varying proportions and this gives rise to lands of similar
characteristics. The shallowness of the clay material does not permit storage of sufficient
humidity in the land; this is why even during seasons of rain the land show signs of
scarcity of water. The superficial drainage is good to excessive and the natural
vegetation is predominantly pines (see photo 4.16). The use of these lands limited to
forest exploitation.
COR-01-EI-004-07
Page 31
Photo 4.16: Panoramic view from above on the way down to the Bao River.
Coordinates 290,529 E 2, 123,560 N
The average annual precipitation received by the north-western area in this group is
1,250 mm to over 2000 mm for the south-eastern portion, in the proximities of the valley
of Bonao. The lands that form this group, in order of importance, are the series: Biguate
(29), Hondo (27), Auyamas (28) and Jimenoa (31).
The lands of the first three series are derived from igneous material with different
concentrations of quartz and feldspar, and the series pertaining to Jimenoa (31) is
derived from basaltic.
The lands of the Biguate (29) series, that occupy principally the southern portion of the
group, are formed at the expense of material similar to diorite but with a high feldspar
content and less quartz making them more basic than the others. These lands are very
deep with a clay texture. The basal material has been partially deteriorated and
weathered to appreciable depths, but the effective depth of this land is scarce. Some of
these lands are utilized for agricultural and used for sustention. These lands have a very
rough topography with slopes of 50-70%. The vegetation is composed predominantly of
pines and weed. The lands of the series Hondo (27) occupy, in general, the western and
northern part of the group. They are shallow, generally 10 cm depth, with a franco-clay
texture, very gravelliest, with a hilly topography and very low inherent fertility. The
rough topography, with pronounced slopes, facilitates the drainage of rain water that
also carries friable loose superficial material. On the other hand the scarce depth does
not permit the soil from retaining adequate humidity. These excessive drainage
conditions, moreover, don’t permit an agricultural utilization of the land in this series,
for that reason it has been oriented towards forest production and in particular, pines.
COR-01-EI-004-07
Page 32
In some areas where the topography and the depth of the land permits, their have
developed a basic agriculture for sustention based especially in the production by
demand of beans and cassava (see photo 4.17). The lands of the series Auyamas (26)
occupy the western portion of the group and it has developed at the expense of
horblend tonalite. These are coarse sandy textured lands with hardly any depth, with an
inherent low fertility and a hilly topography, of prominent slopes that in general are
over 50%. They are very susceptible to erosion.
The erosive action of the dripping water is facilitated by the texture and the friability of
the land. The land in the Jimenoa (31) series has a hilly topography and it has formed at
the expense of basaltic. The effective depth is shallow and the texture is franco-clayish.
These lands are lateritic and soils inherently low in fertility.
Photo 4.17: Bean planting on the slopes of the mountain on the road from Jamamú. Below the
crossing to the Jamamú River. Coordinates 296,735 E 2,124,249 N
4.1.4.4
Palma Group (10)
This group is characterized, maybe, for its noticeable susceptibility to laminar erosion
and it occupies, southeast of Santiago de Caballeros, an extensive zone of low lying hills
and limestone, on the northwestern portion of the central mountain range. Because of
the friability of the subsoil, the shallowness of the soil, topography composed of steep
slopes and the intense and continuous agricultural exploitation; these lands present a
high degree of erosion, possibly the area of most erosion.
This association of lands is composed of only one group, the series called Palma (10). In
some zones where one can observe a complete profile of the soils, we will find a fine
franco-sandy soil, dark brown in color, with a thin granular structure, supported by
blocks of limestone, inter-stratified with calcareous sand, both naturally very friable, In
COR-01-EI-004-07
Page 33
actuality, the hollows only relatively progress where they have accumulated after
having been dragged by the erosion of the hills.
In recent years, the agricultural production of this zone has decreased considerably,
without doubt, because of inadequate management, at present, there hardly exist soil.
4.1.4.5
Gurabo Group – Guatapanal (112-114)
In this association we have grouped lands that occupy the western portion of the valley.
The topography is predominantly plain where it is closest to the river and presents small
elevations and hollows on the southern half of the series, as we come closer to the low
limestone hills which constitute a transition zone between the lower western valley of
the Cibao and the solid igneous of the mountainous central range. The aridness of the
soil is its principal characteristic, and it can only be of use at the areas where the water
flows closest. The lands that form this group are generally brown, with a medium
texture and good drainage.
4.1.4.6
Conclusions
The soils in the project area have the following characteristics:

The soils have developed over a rough topography and in general, present slopes
greater than 100%, therefore its major tendency towards erosion.

These are soils with a noticeable susceptibility for laminar erosion, a reason why
there are areas in the mountain range without vegetation.

The effective shallowness of these soils and their sandy-clayish tendency limit their
use to forests and recreational.

Its agricultural development has been conditioned to the presence of water and the
use of fertilizers. A large portion of these lands are used as pastures.
4.1.5
Permeability of the Material
With the objective of better assessing the Stratigraphy of the subsoil and its permeability
we performed 7 polls in which we applied the Lugeon Test for soil permeability. The
test is performed in the interior of the probe and permits a semi-quantitative
measurement of the permeability of solid rock in any lithology or state of fracture. The
unit of measure of the test is Lugeons, it corresponds to the absorption of 1 liter per
meter of measurement per minute, performing the readings at 10 atmospheres during 10
minutes. One Lugeon equals a coefficient of permeability of 10-5 cm/s (U.L. =1 l/m x
min = 10-5 cm/s). The results of these tests are presented as a function depth in Lugeon
COR-01-EI-004-07
Page 34
units, or penetration in l/m x min as a function of atmospheres submitted. Herein is the
table of classification that serves as an evaluation tool for the measurements performed
in the project (see Table 4.2):
Table 4.2: Classification of solid rock as function of permeability
Type of Sample
Lugeon Units
Pressure (kp/cm2)
Very Impermeable
Practically Impermeable
0-1
1-3
10
10
 3
1.5 – 6
 3
 6
10
5
10
5
Permeable
Very Permeable
*Information taken from Olalla y Sopeña, 1991. Geological Engineering.
These measurements were applied to test areas corresponding to the Sabaneta and Los
Limones reservoir. At the Los Limones reservoir, a priori, the permeability is low based
on measurements done by Harza.
The following data was derived at from the surface of the terrain:
Table 4.3: Measurement SPL01
Intervals
Material
Values in Lugeon
0.0 m to 4.0 m
4.0 m to 15.0 m
15.0 m to 20.0 m
20.0m to 40.0 m
40.0 m to 50.0 m
50.0 m to 60.0 m
Soil
Rock
Rock
Rock
Rock
Rock
0
32
16
2
4
3
COR-01-EI-004-07
Page 35
Intervals
0.0 m to 5.0 m
5.0 m to 10.0 m
10.0 m to 15.0 m
15.0m to 20.0 m
20.0 m to 25.0 m
25.0 m to 30.0 m
30.0 m to 40.0 m
40.0 m to 55.0 m
Material
Rock
Rock
Rock
Rock
Rock
Rock
Rock
Rock
Values en Lugeon
0
5
14
45
2
1
3
1
Intervalos
Material
Values in Lugeon
0.0 m to 4.6 m
4.6 m to 8.0 m
8.0 m to 14.0 m
14.0 m to 17.0 m
17.0 m to 23.0 m
23.0 m to 28.0 m
28.0 m to 33.0 m
33.0 m to 40.0 m
Soil
Rock
Rock
Rock
Rock
Rock
Rock
Rock
0
0
0
7
4
9
16
2
Intervals
Material
Values in Lugeon
0.0 m to 5.0 m
5.0 m to 34.0 m
34.0 m to 44.0 m
44.0 m to 50.0 m
50.0 m to 55.0 m
55.0 m to 60.0 m
rock
Rock
Rock
Rock
Rock
Rock
0
0
1
2
1
2
The measurements corresponding to the area of Los Limones reservoir (SPL) are seen in
Figure 4.2.
COR-01-EI-004-07
Page 36
Figure 4.2: Measurements in the area of Los Limones reservoir
From the probes consulted in the area of Los Limones reservoir we can conclude that:

The interval of measurement from the start of the test to 20 meters can be considered
very permeable, this is manifested in the material deteriorated from weathering, the
fissures and cracks observed in the rocks and on the land developed that is covering
the rocks.

From 20 meters down to the deepest measurements made (60 meters), we can see
that the rocks go from practically impermeable to very impermeable.

Therefore the contact zone between permeable rocks to impermeable rocks is in the
interval of 4 – 20 meters, in a slow transition.
At the Sabaneta reservoir the following data was obtained:
Table 4.7: SPS – 1
Intervals
0.0 m to 4.0 m
4.6 m to 8.0 m
8.0 m toto 14.0 m
14.0 m hasta 20.0 m
COR-01-EI-004-07
Material
Soil
Rock
Rock
Rock
Values in Lugeon
0
0
4
2
Page 37
Intervals
0.0 m to 4.0 m
4.0 m to 21.0 m
21.0 m to 25.0 m
25.0 m to 30.0 m
30.0 m to 35.0 m
35.0 m to 40.0 m
40.0 m to 45.0 m
45.0 m to 55.0 m
Material
Soil
Rock
Rock
Rock
Rock
Rock
Rock
Rock
Values in Lugeon
0
0
32
1
2
16
1
3
Intervals
0.0 m to 4.0 m
4.6 m to 15.0 m
15.0 m to 22.0 m
22.0 m to 45.0 m
45.0 m to 50.0 m
50.0 m to 55.0 m
55.0 m to 60.0 m
Material
Soil
Rock
Rock
Rock
Rock
Rock
Rock
Values en Lugeon
0
0
4
1
3
9
2
The measurements corresponding to the area of Sabaneta reservoir are seen in figure 4.3.
Figure 4.3: Measurements at the Area of the Sabaneta Reservoir
From the probes consulted in the area of Sabaneta (SPS) reservoir we can conclude that:

The interval of measurement from the start of the test to 45 meters can be considered
very permeable, this is manifested in the most part by the large quantity
deteriorated material caused by the weathering of the schist and the amphibolites
that generate a large quantity of clay and argillite, also the fissures and cracks in this
COR-01-EI-004-07
Page 38
area are abundant, more so from the subterranean tectonic contacts of the schist with
the tonalites.

From 45 meters down we observe a gradual reduction in permeability to practically
impermeable.

Therefore the contact zone between permeable rocks to impermeable rocks is in the
greater range of 4 – 45 meters, in a slow transition.
4.1.6
Stability of the Slopes
The stability of the slopes of the area of the project were analyzed in an indirect manner
as we also considered this in our evaluation of the erosion processes. In this analyses we
considered the following categories:
Table 4.10: Stability of the Slopes
Slope
Category
0 – 4%
5 – 12%
13 – 25%
26 – 50%
> 50%
Very good VG
Low L
Moderate M
High H
Very High VH
1. Very Good: plain zones (flatlands).
2. Low: plain zones to slightly ondulating (highlights slightly ondulating).
3. Moderate: zones with low lying hills.
4. High: zones highlighted with large hills to mointains.
5. Very High: rough mountainous zones montañosas (rugged highlights).
All of theses categories are seen in the project area with the peculiarity that the greater
majority of the slopes are in the category of High to Very High (see photos 4.18 and
4.19). This is so, precisely because the project is located in the mountainous zone where
the tectonic effects have increased the level of elevations, creating in effect an increase in
slope (see map of slopes in map annex).
COR-01-EI-004-07
Page 39
Photo 4.18: Lode of Laterite on the road towards the brook Hondo.
Coordinates 290,824 E 2,124,012 N
Photo 4.19: Lode of laterite on the road towards the brook Hondo.
Coordinates 303,502 E 2,127,161 N
The categories of lesser slopes correspond to zones in the rain valleys even when they
tend to be narrower as we reach the mountainous zones (high range), but they widen as
they become less steep (medium range, see photo 4.20) in the course of transition to the
plains (lower range, see photo 4.21).
COR-01-EI-004-07
Page 40
Photo 4.20: Lode of Laterite on the road through to the brook Hondo
Coordinates 291,244 E 2,123,508 N
Photo 4.21: Lode of Laterite on the road through the brook Hondo.
Coordinates 291,753 E 2,124,185 N
For the analyses of slope stability we took two factors into consideration: the type of
lithology and the type of slopes, this because they are the principal causes that intervene
in said processes and the natural lithology, which in itself is affected by deterioration
and weathering.
It is important to point out that at this time, the stability of the slopes in the project area
is relative, its own condition of mountainous range produces the existence of numerous
COR-01-EI-004-07
Page 41
landslides and collapses, which indicate that presently there are areas conditioned by
other elements like tectonics and climate that induce this state of instability.
Both factors intersect in a table and we established the following categories:
Table 4.11: Stability of Slope
Categoría
Stable
Moderately Stable
Unstable
Very Unstable
S
MS
U
VU
From this we proceeded to develop an intersection between the Geological Map that
contain the coded lithologics and the Map of Slopes, this in an effort to create a map of
stability of slopes (Figure 4.5).
Geological Map
Map of Slope Stability
Map of Terrain Slope
Figure 4.4: Flow diagram of how we obtained the map of slope stability
With the finality of facilitating the analyses we developed a table where we show an
evaluation of the slopes as a function of the lithology, considering the stability from the
beginning of the construction phase of the project (see Table 4.12).
COR-01-EI-004-07
Page 42
Table 4.12: Evaluation of the Slope vs. Lithology
Note: The dashes correspond to lithologies that are not located in these ranges.
The intersection of the lines designates a lithological behavior that is summarized below
as the construction work of the facilities begins and is as follows:

The lithology corresponding to sedimentary materials is relatively Stable (S) from
slope ranges of 0 to 12%, however in the manner to which it increases over 13% they
change to Unstable (U).

The metamorphosed rocks and the intrusive rocks show a behavior of Moderately
Stable (MS) for the ranges of 5 to 12%, however slopes over 13% turn to Unstable
(U) reaching Very Unstable (VU) over 50%.

Fluvial deposits and Quaternary deposits indifferently are Stable (S) in slopes of 0 to
4%. From 5%on they become Unstable (U), in that other conditions from other
factors like precipitation can create unstable positioning at higher slopes.

Therefore, from 13 to 25%auspiciates Instability and from 25%on we see increasing
degrees of instabilities.
4.1.6.1 Corrosion Potential
In this paragraph we discuss the potential for corrosion of the laterization and
argilitization processes, to which they are in large distribution throughout the area of the
project, with special emphasis on the area of influence of the Sabaneta reservoir where
the schist and the amphibolites have suffered the process of physical weathering and
chemical deterioration with the by-products of these phenomena leaving a thick cap of
COR-01-EI-004-07
Page 43
regolite and saprolite. We also found this process towards the proximities of the town of
Las Placetas and in general over the bodies of tonalites.
Lateritization
You find small zones of reddish alterations of the type lateritite, principally preserved in
the hollows corresponding to foliated tonalites, yet it can also be found in the
amphibolites and schist.
Lateritic Alterations – Red to Reddish Clay
The reddish clay alterations are located principally over the SE – NW axis corresponding
to the foliated tonalites. The altitudes vary from 700 m, in the valley of the Amina River,
to 1,350 m in the Antón Sape Bueno – Sierresita zone (see photo 4.22).
Photo 4.22: Lode of clayish material arcilloso in the process of laterite formation, on the road to
the brook Antón Sape Bueno,.
Coordinates 290,123 E 2,123,840 N
We’re dealing with a potential covering of one meter to various meters of rock very
argilitic reddish; composed of homogeneous clay, intense red, and soft with a presence
of quartz. They are presented like an orange with a red argilitization, with whitened
spots from the mother-rock in which you can observe remainders of the original
structure.
Also towards the area of the town of Las Placetas we find tonalites in the beginnings of
the process.
COR-01-EI-004-07
Page 44
Photo 4.23: Lode of lateritic material on the road towards the brook Antón Sape Bueno.
Clayish Argilitizations
The red clay, a product of the argilitization process constitutes the end-result
characteristic of the region, extending from the mountainous zones through to the plains
(see photo 4.24). It is associated with volcanic material and sedentary cretaceous, as well
as intrusive bodies, over which sands are developed. They are typical red clays of
homogeneous aspects caused by a complex destruction of the original rock from the
total hydrolysis of silicates, favored by the tropical environment (see photo 4.25).
Photo 4.24: Lode of lateritic material on the road towards the brook Hondo.
Coordinates 299,744 E 2,125,971 N
COR-01-EI-004-07
Page 45
Photo 4.25: Lode of lateritic material through a short-cut on the road to Calimetal. Coordinates
295,347 E 2,122,077 N
The thickness varies considerably from a few centimeters to values close to 10 meters.
One other bit of information can be said of its age, yes we can say that the argilization
process is on-going, yet its genesis probably started with the emersion of the region
during the Tertiary period.
It can be pointed out; in general, the products of chemical deterioration have made
possible the development of a thick saprolite covering that has formed over the land of
this region.
Therefore, it is recommendable to take into consideration this aspect because these
characteristics will induce from future land movements, the mobilization of large
quantities of soil material.
4.1.7
Seismic Activity
4.1.7.1 Preliminary Evaluation of Seismic Threat
The behavior of an area of the terrestrial crust during the passing of a seismic wave
represents an area of concern for said area. Ever so much, knowing if only preliminarily,
that you are dealing with an area susceptible to seismic activity. This evaluation is the
key that will guarantee the success and ruggedness of the forces on the project, taking
into consideration the degree of uncertainty of a series of measurements.
An evaluation of the seismic vulnerability to which the project Las Placetas
Hydroelectric could be subjected to is of vital importance, because an estimate of the
risks is a vital tool in planning and in general for the decision making process, with the
objective to prevent seismic impact to the infrastructures proposed for the functionality
of the project.
COR-01-EI-004-07
Page 46
We need to determine the seismic dangers in order to evaluate the seismic threat, these
are based on a method of probability, and will tell us what will be the most intensive
shock that a specific area can be subjected to, with a given level of probability, within a
specific time frame, so we will be able to determine what will be a worst case shock in a
given area.
For the determination of the seismic dangers of the project it is necessary to begin with a
probability analyses, these are the steps:

Identify the sources of seismic generators (tectonic aspects);

Determine the seismic potential;

Collect and Interpret Historical Earthquake Data and Reoccurrences;

Seismic-tectonic Zoning;

Estimated maximum accelerations for the area;

Map the Seismic Vulnerability.
Continued is a description of each of the above characteristics of these aspects.
4.1.7.2 Identification of the sources of seismic generators (tectonic aspects)
For the identification of the most relevant tectonic aspects of the project area, we must
consider the area of influence of the project at a regional scale that places force on the
Caribbean Plate referring to the island of Hispaniola (Dominican Republic and Haiti),
which are located on the northern border of the said plaques, the zone of contact with
the North America Plate, and the way in which the zone interacts with the North
America Plate (see figure 4.5)
The Caribbean Plate is a relatively small plaque that originated between the superior
cretaceous and the Miocene as a consequence of the expansion of the crust that separates
the Plate of North America from South America, later being pushed eastward by
subduction effects of the oceanic crust that composes the Cocos Plate from the western
part.
The north and east are limited with the North America Plate; in the south the South
American Plate and in the west Cocos Plate. The northern limit is defined by a large
zone of a sinestral transcurrent that extends from the Yucatan block to the Lower
Antilles and passing through the island of Cuba and Hispaniola. This contact zone is
characterized for its transition in type of interactions between plates; going from a
subduction movement, characteristic of the eastern part, in the arc zone of the island of
the Lower Antilles, to a transcurrent sinestral movement at the western part.
COR-01-EI-004-07
Page 47
Figure 4.5: Geotectonic Situation of the Caribbean Plaque (Mann et al., 1990-1998)
It is vital to the realization of this project that the analyses consider the area of direct
influence as well as, the indirect influences, in that the structural elements of a region
can affect large extensions of territories. In the area of the project, from a regional point
of view, you have the Duarte tectonic, between the Hispaniola fault in the north and the
Guácara in the south. Both developing sinestral transcurrent movements (see Figure
4.6).
COR-01-EI-004-07
Page 48
Figure 4.6: Map of the Principal Faults of DR. HFZ (Hispaniola Fault Zone)
GFZ (Guácara Fault Zone).
The Hispaniola Fault Zone (HFZ) runs in a WNW-ESE direction through the lower
northern flank of the central mountainous range, close to the boundaries of the valley of
Cibao. It is considered a sinestral transcurrent fault with a high angle of dip, however it
is categorized as a probably inactive. Within the group of fractures, cracks and faults
that accompany the Hispaniola Fault we have the Inoa Fault, which is considered of
great interest to the northern part of the project, because it is located sub-parallel with
respect to the western fault and can play a major role in the process of energy liberation.
The Guácara Fault Zone (GFZ) runs in a WNW-ESE direction through the central
mountainous range. It is considered a sinestral transcurrent fault with a high angle of
dip. Field evidence show high tectonics in the adjacent rocks, as also trapezoidal facets
in the slopes, suggesting a potentially active site
The alignment observed in the tectonics of the Duarte terrain presents a principal E-W
direction that is combined with a lesser N-S direction. The smaller alignments (less than
2 km) permit us to demonstrate three families of data: WSW-ENE (N80º), NW-SE
COR-01-EI-004-07
Page 49
(N120º-130º) and NNW-SSE (N170º). The more important families are the WSW-ENE
direction.
4.1.7.3 Determination of the Seismic Potential
Consulting the seismic catalog is one of the most important tools to define the potential
seismic movements of the project area, in that it shows the distribution in time and space
of past events in a region. Also starting with the location of the epicenters and taking
into account the order of magnitude reached we can acquire a comprehension of the
behavior of the energy in said region across time.
From the project Seismic Threat and Prevention, we took the map of Seismic Influences
based on seismic events occurring prior to 1900 (see figure 4.7), where you can observe
that the project area is located in areas influenced from seismic movements
corresponding to the following years:

Year 1562, December 2, 1562, an earthquake occurred that destroyed the villas of
Santiago and Vega, the motivated the relocation of both cities to their present
location. The maximum intensity of the quake was estimated at X (ten), on the
Modified Mercalli scale (MM);

Year 1842, May 7, 1842, one of the strongest earthquakes to affect the island caused
catastrophe throughout the entire northern zone. Creating a tidal wave that hit the
north coast destroying the villas of Cabo Haitiano, Móle Saint-Nicolas and Santiago
de los Caballeros; killing between 5,000 and 6,000 people. It was felt in the town of
Santiago on the island of Cuba and on the island of Tortuga. The maximum intensity
of the quake was estimated at X (ten);

Año 1897, December 29, 1897, an earthquake is produced in the north-central zone of
the Dominican Republic, affecting the towns of Altamira, Navarrete, Santiago de los
Caballeros and Puerto Plata. The epicenter was estimated close to Valverde Mao
(19°30’ Latitude North 71° Longitude West). The maximum intensity of the quake
was estimated at IX (nine);
COR-01-EI-004-07
Page 50
Figure 4.7: Map of Seismic Influence
4.1.7.4 Collect and Interpret Historical Earthquake Data and Reoccurrences.
Information was collected of past events in the areas corresponding to magnitudes of 3
to 7. A buffer zone of 50 km radius around the project was taken for analysis. This
distance was selected because of its relative proximity to the zone of influence of the
Western Fault where exist a large volume of registers. On the other hand, we found a
reduction in registers towards the solid zone of the central mountainous range. For this
analysis the following information was consulted.

Catalogue of the project Geological Seismic Risks and Prevention (Seismic Risks);

Catalogue of the study of Seismic Threats to Dominican Republic.
In Figure 4.8 we can observe the distribution of the epicenters and their relation to the
faults and fractures in the area of influence selected.
COR-01-EI-004-07
Page 51
Figure 4.8: Map of epicenters and faults considering the 50 km radius of influence for the
project.
4.1.7.5 Seismic-Tectonic Zoning
From the basis of known seismic potentials recognized through the tectonic behavior
and the special distribution of the seismic activity, we proceeded to analyze the map of
Seismic-Tectonic zoning elaborated through the project of Geologic Seismic Risks and
Prevention (Seismic Risks), it established the degree of danger in which the project could
be involved. From the information collected it was determined that within the 10 zones
defined in the map of Seismic Zoning, the project was located between zones 3, 5 and
part of 2 (see Figure 4.9).
COR-01-EI-004-07
Page 52
Figure 4.9: Map of Seismic-Tectonic Zoning
The following table show the periods of reoccurrence from which an occurrence of an
event can be expected and the specific magnitude expected.
COR-01-EI-004-07
Page 53
Table 4.13: Relation Magnitude – Period of Reoccurrence
4.1.7.6 Estimated Maximum Accelerations for the Area
The estimated maximum accelerations were taken from the Seismic Threat study where
the calculations were done on the program SEISRISKIII.
Designed for this study was a quadrille with coordinates assigned a spacing of 0.10 that
covered the entire extension of Hispaniola with the surrounding marine zones. Three
levels were calculated, as described:

10% exceedance in a period of 10 years, this equals a period of reoccurrence of
approximately 50 years. These are frequent movements of which no structural
damage should be suffered, more over the structure should behave in the elastic
range;

approximately 500 years. This should be the level for which structures are designed
of which no structural damage should be suffered, no loss of lives;
COR-01-EI-004-07
Page 54

approximately 2,500 years. This should be the level for which special structures are
designed, and with strategic importance for the Dominican state and the Civil
Society.
The following maps show the iso-accelerations generated by the study (see Figues 4.11
and 4.12) which will serve as basis for the determination of the expected accelerations
for the area of the project.
Figure 4.10 responds to the map of Hispaniola corresponding to an iso-acceleration
curve of 10% with exceedance in 5 years.
Figure 4.11 responds to the map of Hispaniola corresponding to an iso-acceleration
curve of 2% with exceedance in 50 years.
Both curves were chosen because they reflect ideal ranges proposed for the project so
that civil projects be designed with the selected values of said iso-accelerations.
COR-01-EI-004-07
Page 55
exceedance in 5 years
exceedance in 50 years
COR-01-EI-004-07
Page 56
4.1.7.7 Map of Seismic Vulnerability
Determination the seismic vulnerability of the project is of vital importance, for the
construction of the Las Placetas Hydroelectric project it is necessary to have a clear
knowledge of the effects that can cause a seismic event of a given magnitude.
For this analysis information obtained was reviewed for this task where we had a clear
idea of the tectonic structures that control the region of the Hispaniola fault and the
Guacara fault, taking into consideration the proximity to the Western fault.
The Seismic Catalogue consultation was determinative, in that it helped develop the
Seismic Vulnerability Map.
The Seismic Vulnerability Map’s elaboration required interpolation of the magnitudes
considering the intervals of magnitude.
Table 4.14: Interval of Magnitude
Intervals of Magnitude
3 – 3.8
3.9 – 4.5
4.6 – 7.0
No. of
Epicentros
50
14
12
The epicenters selected for the interpolation are in a range of 50 km, this was the area
considered as the area of influence for the vulnerability, from this analysis the map was
obtained (see Figure 4.12).
COR-01-EI-004-07
Page 57
Figure 4.12: Map of Seismic Vulnerability for the area of the project.
4.1.7.8 Conclusions
The area of the project is located in an area of low vulnerability given the quantity of
seismic activities considered, however, it must be taken into account that:

To the south there is located an area of medium to high, that if a seismic event
occurred it could effect the general area of the project, in particular the area of the
reservoirs and the connection tunnel.

The Casa de Máquinas and pressure tunnel are also in a low vulnerability zone.

The discharge tunnel is located in two zones of low to medium, situated very close to
an area of high vulnerability.
Independently that the project is located in an area of low vulnerability, the occurrence
of an event whose waves would cross the entire area should be considered, and
therefore the accelerations, proposed in the Seismic Threat study for the design of the
infrastructures to be constructed, should be evaluated.
COR-01-EI-004-07
Page 58
4.1.8
Erosion Processes, Sedimentation and Landslides
4.1.8.1 Threats associated with erosion processes
For the analysis of the erosion process of the project area, a cartography analysis was
performed taking into consideration the existence of various maps, whose parameters
were essential in the determination of the areas under erosion-sedimentation threat,
given that these formations induce instability to the slopes.
It is important to clarify that there was digital information to the sub-river basin level
available that was used for the intersections and development of partial maps where the
sub-river basin sector threats were identified by probability of erosion.
The following is a flow-diagram (see figure 4.14) that serve as the basis for the
elaboration of the map:
Figure 4.13: Flow-diagram to obtain the map of erosion.
This analysis was performed in two steps:

First step was the elaboration of the map of Erosion Potential;

Second step was the elaboration of the map of Analysis of Erosion.
4.1.8.2 First Step – Elaboration of the Map of Erosion Potential
The cartographic analysis in this step is substantiated by the intersections of the Map of
Iso-lines of Erosivity with the Map of Slopes of the terrain. The content of both maps is
described below:
COR-01-EI-004-07
Page 59

Map of Lines of iso-erosivity. 1 In this map the lines permit the measurement of
dragging potential of the soils from the impact of rain. It takes into account the soil
coverage, the slope and hydro-balance of the soils.
The intervals used are seen in the following table:
Table 4.15: Intervals used

Iso-erosivity
Category
300
500
700
900
1100
Very Low VL
Low L
Moderate M
High H
Very High VH
1300
Extremely High EH
Map of the Slope of the Terrain. Describes the inclination of the surface of the
terrain which conditions the velocity of movement of the rain water. The intervals of
the slope calculated in percent are shown in the following table.
Table 4.16: Intervals of the Slopes
Slope
Category
0 – 4%
5 – 12%
13 – 25%
26 – 50%
> 50%
Very Low VL
Low L
Moderate M
High H
Very High VH
Very Low: plain zones with good vegetation coverage, with low probabilities to
generate erosion and with tendencies of sedimentation. They are generally receptors of
torrential rain water flows loaded with sediment.
Low: zones with some forest-like coverage, plains and belonging to river basins
compacted with a low tendency for erosion.
Moderate: zones with slopes between 13 and 25%, without forest coverage belonging to
river basins, medium compactness, with a tendency for medium torrential rain water
flows and therefore erosion.
We used a study performed in 1982, which even after many years it still remains valid because its
parameters have not suffered change with time.
1
COR-01-EI-004-07
Page 60
High: zones without forest coverage, slopes between 26 and 50% belonging to sub-river
basins, severe compactness (low values), and exposed to rain that generate erosion.
Very High: zones without forest coverage, slopes over 50% belonging to sub-river
basins, severe compactness (low values), and exposed to rain that generate erosion.
In the following table, we see the analysis performed considering the values used in the
intersections, their categorization, and the Map of Potential Erosion (see map annex for
more detail).
Tabla 4.17 : Values used in the intersection and categorization
Slope
Iso-erosivity
300
500
700
900
1000
1100
0 – 4%
5 – 12%
13 – 25%
26 – 50%
> 50%
VL
L
L
L
M
H
L
L
L
M
H
H
M
M
M
H
H
VH
M
H
H
H
MH
MH
H
H
H
MH
MH
S

In slopes with values of 0 – 12% with iso-erosivity values between 300 – 900, the
tendency for erosion would be Low. The categories rise from Moderate to High
Only when the iso-erosivity reached values over 1000.

The erosion reaches Moderate drastically at intervals of 13 – 25%, where the isoerosivity goes from 300 – 700. When it reaches 900 – 1300 it goes from High to Very
High.

It is important to highlight that as the slope increases from 26 to 50%, and exceeding
values of over 50% we will have the tendency of High to Very High, given that the
rain water flowing over the slopes intensifies process of erosion, meaning a rise in
iso-erosivity. An exception is seen in slopes over 50% where this corresponds to an
iso-erosivity over 1,100 this would apply to cases of Severe erosion processes and
therefore the sedimentation would also in great proportions.
4.1.8.3 Second Step - Elaboration of a Map of Analysis of Erosion
For this second step we performed an intersection between the Map of Potential Erosion
and the Geological Map.
Type of lithology. We identified the lithology that corresponds to each geological
formation represented in the Geological Map at a scale of 1:250,000. In a preliminary
COR-01-EI-004-07
Page 61
manner we established an assignment of codes to each specific lithology. It’s important
to mention that the selection of rocks at the project site are very abundant and they cover
about 90% of the surface area of the site. The following table presents the codes assigned
to the same:
Table 4.18 : Types of Lithology
Lithology
Amphibolite, Schist and Basaltic
Green Schist
Tonalites
Conglomerates
Conglomerates, Sands y Limestone (Taveras
Type)
Conglomerates (Bulla Type)
Limolite
Fluvial Deposits
Undifferentiated Quaternary Deposits
Code
13
15
25
49
50
66
67
81
83
For the analysis of erosion we assumed the categories Slight (S), Moderate (M), High
(H), Very High (VH) and Severe (S). The following is a Map of Analysis of Erosion (see
annex of maps) showing the analysis performed.
Table 4.19: Analysis of Erosion
Lithology
Potential
of Erosion
Very Low
Low
Moderate
High
Very High
Severe
49
50
83
15
81
13
66
67
25
S
S
S
M
M
H
S
S
M
M
H
H
M
M
H
MH
MH
S
M
M
H
MH
MH
S
M
M
H
MH
MH
S
M
M
H
MH
S
S
M
M
H
MH
S
S
M
M
H
MH
S
S
M
M
H
MH
S
S
From the intersection performed we have:

The erosion behavior is slight in the conglomerates when the potential for erosion is
low to very low, meaning; a greater portion of these conglumerates surge in low
slopes to medium slopes where the erosion is more attenuated, However when it
rises the potential for erosion corresponding to that lithology will be Moderate to
High.

The tonalites, the schist, the amphibolites, the green schist, the limolites, the Bulla
type conglomerates, as well as the quaternary fluvial deposits and the
COR-01-EI-004-07
Page 62
undifferentiated faced with an erosion potential of Low to Very Low, tend to have a
Moderate erosion, but when the erosion potential increases the tendency will be
Very High to Severe.
This behavior is observed in the reddish clay alterations located also on the road
towards Aguas Calientes to the NW of the project area corresponding to the tonalites,
which deteriorate provoking the disintegration of the rock, thus producing a thick layer
of eluvies (see photo 4.26), they are composed of homogeneous clays, intense red, soft
with a presence of quartz residues and white spotted clays of the mother-rock, of which
you can observe rests of the original structure (see photo 4.27).
Photo 4.26. Erosion process manifested in this caviture of the terrain on the road towards
Aguas Calientes. Coordinates 300,606 E 2, 127,944 N
Photo 4.27. Intense erosion process shown in the veins of Quartz uncovered by the road closet
to Aguas Calientes. Coordenadas 299,928 E 2, 128,805 N
COR-01-EI-004-07
Page 63
This type of threat reaches its maximum development in the mountainous zones. The
principal manifestations of the erosion process is caused the drainage system located
throughout the region, where rivers, brooks and channels flow actively with great
frequencies and their movements develop a systematic linear incision (see photo4.28).
Photo 4.28. Section of Bao River. Coordinates 290,529E 2,123,560 N
The erosion here essentially a result of the high intensity of precipitation produced in
the area and its effects are seen according to the coverage and slopes of the terrain in
specific areas, in particular for those areas identified as not having vegetation and the
mixed agricultural zones where the crop induces seasonal bareness of the land. In fact,
the deforested lands and high slopes are the most inclined to erosion, especially during
the passing of hurricanes.
The geological aspect has an important incidence on the area of the project, in that we
observe specific lithology that present a more inclined susceptibility to erosion, eroding
the rocks; an example of this is the presence of argillited clay that become laterized
This morphogenetic activity has a strong tie to mass movements and they share many of
the causes and chain reactions factors.
COR-01-EI-004-07
Page 64
4.1.8.4 Activity associated with slope movement
In general the project area, being of an area in the central mountainous range, belongs to
one of the areas most prone areas to landslides and laminar erosion of the Dominican
Republic. We are dealing an activity that is difficult to evaluate, even with the high
slope, deposits of gravitational origin are very scarce, probably so because of the rapid
destruction resulting from the efficient impact of its steep slopes, from the rapid
masking of the intense alterations, and the rapid growth of vegetation.
The landslides are essentially related to the high intense precipitation that impacts the
diverse types of coverage, of which are subject to the geology and the slopes of the
terrain. This phenomenon acquires additional strength in the lands without forestation
that present very steep slopes, in that they are more prone to landslides and erosion.
There exist colluviums, landslides and collapses, of dimensions that only have permitted
partial, very limited detection of the same.
Within the area of the project you find specific sectors where this phenomenon has been
identified and is manifested. Among them is an area corresponding to the Sabaneta
reservoir, it runs through the path to the brook Antón Sape Bueno (see Photo 4.29), here
you see an example of the high frequency of collapses.
Photo 4.29. Collapses located on the path to the brook Antón Sape Bueno.
Coordinates 289,930 E 2,123,959 N
COR-01-EI-004-07
Page 65
The location tendency of the diverse landslides is associated with areas where water is
diverted or its proximity to the area of diversion, and in particular the zones where their
still is conserved a blanket of important alteration (alluvium-colluviums), composed of
material predominantly clayish (see Photo 4.30), with a greater susceptibility towards
the movements of masses.
Photo 4.30. By the path towards the crossing of the brook Matica de Plátano, landslide.
Ready to advance. Coordinates 291,017 E 2,124,686 N
Photo 4.31. Collapses are observe don the path to the Los Limones reservoir.
Coordinates 299,928 E 2,128,805 N
COR-01-EI-004-07
Page 66
Photo 4.32. Collapses observed by the road towards the area of Los Limones reservoir.
Coordinates 300,606 E 2,127,944 N
Another important aspect that is found within the area are step-like surges formed from
small escarps that are generated as the slopped side moves looking for stability of the
area.
In the Photo 4.33 you can observe a slope that presents this lateral step-like formation as
if to form a bench.
Photo 4.33. On the path pass the crossing of the brook Matica de Plátano, landslide in
preparation. Coordinates 290,748 E 2,124,330 N
In this area of the project where we have the high voltage line passing, we observe small
collapses, each aligned in the direction of the flow of water. They are active and located
COR-01-EI-004-07
Page 67
on the high terrace of the Jamamú River. In this case, each time water flows through the
river, material is mobilized, considering that this is fluvial deposits of sandy-clayish
type, resulting in a weakening as they enter in contact with the water.
Photo 4.34. Crumple at the Río Jamamú crossing. Coordinates 297,034 E 2,124,524 N
Their exist areas where the production of process of erosion is generating scares for the
initiation of mobilization of sediments towards the slope. In Photo 4.35 you can observe
how it is developing this lode. This is an area in the Duarte complex where the
deteriorated basaltic have developed foliation.
COR-01-EI-004-07
Page 68
Photo 4.35. On a stop at Los Corrales scares of incipient breaks.
Coordinates 305,176 E 2,130,350 N
4.1.8.5 Stability of the Slopes
The evaluation of the conditions of the slopes should be done for each of the materials
involved, trying always to group when they possess similar behavior. We will always
work with a minimum of horizons or material, in a manner which simplifies the project.
The solid material will have to be divided by zones, as a function of judgment in good
applicable geo-mechanical classification of slopes.
The geological-structural and geo-mechanical model should be the principal tool in the
analysis, from which dispositions should be defined, the geometrics (dimensions,
inclination of the slopes, bank width), protections, treatments and contentions.
The parameters to be used in this study of stabilities can be taken from similar works or
the work itself. The model and the analysis of stability should subsidize the envision of
possible treatment based on a cost/benefit relation, comparing the declivity of the slopes
versus treatment.
4.1.8.6 Conclusions

The area of the project is located essentially in an enhanced mountainous range with
lithological characteristics if great susceptibility towards weathering. Also, it is a
region, from a climatic point of view, prone to precipitations. All of these factors,
plus the actions of man, induce that this area is an area of threat to the occurrence of
gravitational movements. Its distribution results a bit irregular, a dependence on
lithology and its condition, from a weathered point of view.

The gravitational movements that at present have manifested themselves
throughout the region, are classified as landslides and collapses, highlighting the
colluviums in plane development;

The lithology that present a great sensibility towards erosion and therefore facilitate
the deposition of large quantities of sediment are the basaltic, the tonalites, the schist
and the amphibolite, and in the series of sedimentary from the Taveras group, you
will find conglomerates, limolitas and sands.
4.1.9
Sampling Methodology and Tests
All the jobs of readings, sampling, tests were suggested in the document Basic Design,
Criteria of the Civil Defense and Electromechanic 6409g-cd-g10-001-a1
COR-01-EI-004-07
Page 69
4.1.10 Estimates of quantities, depths, area and type of soil to move during a
construction.
On the following table we summarize the estimates performed in terms of the type of
material to remove and the quantities are estimated in volume.
COR-01-EI-004-07
Page 70
Table 4.20: Volumes of Materials to Remove
Description
Las Placetas Hydroelectric Project
Volumes of Materials to Remove
Unit
Quantity
Excavation of soil
Sabaneta Reservoir
m3
115,400
Los Limones Reservoir
m3
146,475
Subtotal
261,875
Excavation of rock in open air
Sabaneta reservoir
m3
2,938
Los Limones reservoir
m3
28,708
Detour Sabaneta
m3
13,974
Detour Los Limones
m3
27,362
Subtotal
72,982
Subterranean Excavation
Tunnel detour Sabaneta
m3
8,608
Tunnel detour Los Limones
m3
8,697
Tunnel of connections
m3
189,020
Tunnel of charge
m3
107,831
Tunnel of discharge
m3
140,666
Tunnel of access y cables CM
m3
47,352
Auxiliary Tunnels CM
m3
5,359
Subtotal
507,533
Casa de Máquinas
m3
14,615
Ventilation Well
m3
4,431
Subtotal
Total
COR-01-EI-004-07
19,046
861,436
Page 71
4.1.10.1 Mechanics of Structural Foundations
The mechanics of foundations of the diverse structural elements are defined in the
function of the permanent weight and the accidentally operating.
Therefore, considered will be:

Permanent Weight;

Hydrostatic Push;

Foundation sub-pressure and concrete sections;

Interstitial Pressure on the concrete;

Filling Push;

Hydrodynamic Actions;

Actions from the wind;

Accidental Actions;

Refraction of concrete and effect of the variation of temperature;

Seismic Actions.
The following cases of weight should be considered in the study of stability and their
respective calculations of internal forces (tensions) for the structures of concrete mass:

Case of Normal Weight;

Case of Exceptional Weight;

Cases of Construction Weight.
a) Case de Normal Weight - CNW
This case corresponds to all the combinations of weights possible during the normal
operation and maintenance, under mean hydrological conditions.
It should include the following actions:

Permanent weight, weights of fillings, re-fillings y banks of sands;

Actions from variations of temperature and retraction;

Hydrostatic Pressures from the maximum water level normal of the reservoir and
the maximum water level from waters upstream, normal maximum and normal
minimum;
COR-01-EI-004-07
Page 72

Sub-pressures from levels of water admitted to the reservoir and down stream with
systems of operations drainage, if present;

Accidental weights in unfavorable situations and distributions for each structure,
under normal operation of the equipment;

Actions from the wind.
b) Case of Exceptional Weight – CEW
This case corresponds to some combinations of weight possible to exist under
exceptionable conditions, moreover with slight probability to occur during an operation
and principal maintenance jobs.
To be considered:

Hydrostatic Pressures and sub-pressures from levels of water with the reservoir full
and waters below the structure;

Inoperative drainage System;

Dynamic weights from the operation of permanent emergency equipment;

Weights from seismic movements;

Any exceptional weight or infrequent.
c) Cases of Construction Weight - CCW
This case corresponds to weight combinations possible from construction equipment,
temporary weight to the installation and the assembly of equipment and operations of
incomplete structures.
In this case we pre-suppose the weight conditions previously discussed occurring under
a period of function of the facility as a whole, without referring exclusively to the actual
structure under construction.
The specific data of construction weight conditions, for each particular structure, will be
defined during the project development, as necessary elements become known of the
installations to be used and the construction methods defined.
The following lists of construction weight conditions are generic in character, but should
be validated and completed for each specific case:

Normal weight conditions of incomplete structures, conforming to each particular
case as appropriate;
COR-01-EI-004-07
Page 73

Weight of construction equipment and its assembly;

Weights from the anchorage equipment for lifting, transporting or collection of
equipments or similar weights;

Pressures from injection of cracks and coatings;

Pressures from the application of concrete against structures;

Weight from compaction of fillings and re-fillings;

Exceptionable actions from the movements and loading of equipment;

Weights from discharges from permanent equipment;

Hydrostatic Pressures and sub-pressures from temporal conditions.
The analysis of global security will be performed on the principal structures, structural
elements, interactive systems between foundations and the structures submitted to the
diverse cases of weight. It will involve the stability analysis of all the structures in
contact with concrete rock, the stability analysis of levels below the foundations in
relation to their geomechanical model; the analysis of tension and deformations;
defining the coefficients of security and the verification of the acting tensions and the
admissible tensions of the materials
The identification, location with description and geo-references corresponding to Caves
existing in the project area, with photos and characteristics of each. Geo-referencing the
location of said caves in the Master Plan of the project. In this case this doesn’t apply, in
that, the project area is placed on lands composed of volcanic rock and metamorphism
which are not terrains with problems os dissolution (sinkholes).
4.1.11 Stratification, Foliation, Cracks, Faults.
4.1.11.1 Foliation
The phenomena of foliation is amply spread throughout the area because we are dealing
with geological formations represented by intrusive bodies that have penetrated the
material composed of volcanic rocks and of sedentary volcanogenic series. Under these
conditions their develops, as a consequence of the stress forces in the rocks, fingerprints
as evidence of the actions, generating fine laminated formations dependant on the
energy liberated during the process of intrusion.
Towards the SW region of the project, especially in the area of the Sabaneta reservoir
their surges intensely metamorphosed schist, showing a much accented foliation.
COR-01-EI-004-07
Page 74
In Photo 4.36 you can observe this phenomena; also observe a portion of the tonalites in
contact with levees of epilates (see Photo 4.37), of which show a tendency to foliate,
finding angles in direction NE varying 750 – 800 and in direction SW varying 600 – 650 .
Photo 4.36: Lode of amphibolites subjected to foliation, on the path to the brook Antón Sape
Bueno, Coordinates X:290,824 E Y: 2,124,012
Photo 4.37. Lode showing the tendencies to foiliate on the road towards the Brooke Antón
Sape Bueno. Coordinates X:290,458 E Y: 2,123,574
COR-01-EI-004-07
Page 75
Photo 4.38. Lode of schist. Coordinates X: 290,702 E Y: 2, 123,203
Photo 4.39. Lode with cracks from foliation in the Jagua River.
Coordinates X:305,463 E Y: 2,125,066
4.1.11.2 Tectonics
The area of the project is located in Duarte tectonic terrain (see Figure 4.14), bordered by
two important fault zones corresponding to the La Hispaniola Fault and the Guácara –
Bonao Fault. Both faults are of the type Sinestral Transcurrent.
COR-01-EI-004-07
Page 76
The central mountainous range is a structural elevation, that supplies the majority of the
terrigenous sediment to the river basins sedimentation that has been formed in the north
and south limits.
Figure 4. 14. Map of the tectonic terrains of La Hispaniola. A red circle marks the location of
the project. Taken from the Geological Risks and Prevention Project (Seísmic Risks).
4.1.11.3 Faults
Hispaniola Fault Zone (HFZ)
It runs in direction WNW-ESE in the lower northern flank of the central mountainous
range, close to the Cibao valley border. It is considered a sinestral transcurrent fault with
a high dip angle, but has been categorized as probably inactive.
Guácara Fault Zone (GFZ)
It runs in direction WNW-ESE in the lower northern flank of the central mountainous
range. It is considered a sinestral transcurrent fault with a high dip angle. Field evidence
indicates a high degree of tectonics in adjacent rocks, as well as trapezoidal in the slopes,
suggesting the potential of it being active.
COR-01-EI-004-07
Page 77
Bonao Fault Zone (BFZ)
It is a fault tracing a concave curve towards the east, going from the central mountain
range to the Cibao valley, in the proximities of Bonao. It is considered an inverse fault
because the disposition of its geological units on both of its sides (Duarte Complex and
Tireo Formation).
4.1.11.4 Alignments
For the study of alignments in the area we considered the information taken from the
Map of Alignments (see Figure 4.15), and in particular the data corresponding to Duarte
terrain, for which we performed a photo-interpretation of the satellite images
corresponding to a flight of the satellite Spot done in 2000. These images are
panchromatic and ortorectified to a scale of 1:50,000.
Figure 4.15. Map of the alignments taken from the Geological Risk and Prevention Project (see
Annex of Maps)
The alignments detected by this manner of analysis of the satellite images were
numerous, and total a sum of 2,160 data (alignments). The data was separated into two
COR-01-EI-004-07
Page 78
groups, one where with alignments with lengths of 2 km – 4 km, and another with
lengths greater than 4 km (see Table 4.21).
Table 4.21: Analysis of Alignments
Terrain
Duarte
Duarte
Duarte
Number of data
Principal Direction
All the alignments
2160
N90º-100º
Alignments with lengths over 2 km
N80°-90°
499
N120°-130°
Alignments with lengths over 4 km
102
N70º- 80º
% Freq.
Princ.
% Length
Princ.
19.56
19.83
12.42
12.42
20.19
17.64
21.78
The management of this data permitted the elaboration of two rose diagrams
considering all the points found within the tectonic terrain. The end product was two
rose diagrams (see Figure 4.16), wher one shows the rose of frquency while the other
rose shows the behavior of the lengths, where one angular type is accented for its
dominance, constituted by a E-W alignment (from N90º to N100º). Furthermore, we
observe the presence of alignments N-S and alignments NW-SE and NE-SW.
Figure 4.16. Alignments in the Duarte Tectonic Terrain
Analyzing the alignments in the Duarte Tectonic Terrain we can see that the principal
direction E-W is combined with a lesser N-S direction. The smaller alignments
COR-01-EI-004-07
Page 79
(Less than 2 km), affirm three families of data: WSW-ENE (N80°), NW-SE (N120°-130°)
and NNW-SSE (N170°). The most important families are the WSW-ENE direction.
As support for the determinations of the most important structural elements in the area
of the project, we executed a photo-interpretation of the aerial photos at a scale of 1:1000,
this permitted us to stipulate two types of structures that stand out in the area:

Linear Elements (cracks and faults);

Contradictory Elements.
The linear elements correspond to the structural alignments that can be seen
independently (see Figure 4.17) with a WSW-ENE direction, which run in general, with
the tendencies of the forces of the region. There is a secondary group of alignments that
run WNW-ESE of a lesser size.
Figure 4.17: Linear Elements (cracks and faults)
Cracks are located abundantly throughout the project because of the characteristics of
the media where their exist a contact between metamorphosed rocks and volcanic rocks,
COR-01-EI-004-07
Page 80
which develop a notable stress that is transferred into the formation of cracks and faults
(see Photos 4.40 y 4.41).
Photo 4.40. Lode with cracks in the terrace Alta Llanura from flooding Jagua River.
Coordinates X:305,463 E y Y: 2,125,066
Photo 4.41. Lode with cracks on the road to the Bao Reservoir.
Coordinates X:309,886 E: 2,134,189
The neutralizing elements show the stress developed around the Batholite that permit
the foliation of itself, and these are only a sample of the forces exhorted on the body of
the batholite in its rise. The tendency to foliate is diminished in the manner in which the
structure closes to form a ring, and in fact, these structures are concentric because of the
episodes in which the movements are produced by the Batholite.
COR-01-EI-004-07
Page 81
4.2
CLIMATOLOGY
4.2.1
Introduction
The climate, vitally important factor for the life and the distribution of the plants,
constitutes one of the older ecological interactions. As such, within a study where the
environmental factors are analyzed, it becomes essential to describe the elements of the
climate (precipitation, solar radiation, temperature, evaporation, air humidity,
atmospheric pressure, wind, etc.), that define the state of the atmosphere in which living
creatures develop. It has a close relation with the soil, type of vegetation and the
topography, reason why the climatic description of the area of study in an Evaluation of
Environmental impact serves like basic information to interpret other aspects of the
environmental media.
The climate characteristics, partially related to each other, show spatial and temporary
variations that sometimes are complex. These variations, as much in space as in the time,
can be explained based on certain geographic or atmospheric characteristics,
denominated climate factors.
The spatial variation presents horizontal and vertical differences that are standardized
by means of the taking of homological data taken from the meteorological elements,
which properly divided throughout a sufficient number of years, can be considered
representative of the conditions of the macroclimate (word reserved for average values
of climate elements and its regular fluctuations, that characterize the state of the
atmosphere’s inferior layer in each place), for radios oscillating between one or several
kilometers, following the map uniformity.
The seasonal variation of the climatic elements obeys two causes:
Intrinsic causes (derived from the random character of proper climatic dynamics);
Extrinsic causes (these are the most important and act in a determining way, generating
cycles of different amplitude superposed variation: daily cycles, seasonal cycles and
annual cycles).
The island of the Hispaniola is located in the subtropical region of the planet, which
provides a tropical climate. The tropical climate is characterized by lacking climatic
winter and noticeable seasonal changes, exactly, by rain appearances, closely tied to the
winds traffic conditions in the geographic strip in which it is located, to the high and
constant temperatures of the surrounding seas and to its varied map relief.
COR-01-EI-004-07
Page 82
The climate of the Dominican Republic is modified internally by the abrupt surface
geography, where 50% of the territory is occupied by four great mountain ranges, one of
them with the major height of the Antilles; the rest of the territory is composed by four
great valleys, multiple intra mountain valleys and extensive coastal plains; this varied
map relief marks different regional climates from the country.
4.2.2
General Climatology in Study Area
For the description of the climate elements, the analysis of the annual data series will be
used (calendar year), since the annual cycles affect climate elements in major or minor
proportion.
In order to know the environmental media’s present state and prepare a real and
objective description of the physical media, a series of recognition visits of the Project
zone were accomplished, inside and outside the influence area. The visits were
scheduled in the months of May and June 2007, with the goal to accomplish a complete
recognition of the considered influence sections. The base for the climate description will
be related to the life zones or the climatic zones of the study area, from the highest part
of the river basin to the tail of the “Embalse de Bao”, or zone of volumes restitution.
COR-01-EI-004-07
Page 83
Figure 4.18: Climatic Classification of Las Placetas Project Influence Area
The river basin of the Bao River in its high part, occupying approximately a 8% area, has
a zone of life of Montano very moist forest (vmf-M), the highest top of the island is in
this zone; it receives an annual amount of rain 1.600 mm (it is confirmed by the Duarte
Tip station with 1.630 mm average annual rain). It differs from the other life zones by the
frosts frequencies, product of the high mountains, ascending around 2.500 and 3.300
meters over sea level. The potential evapotranspiration averages a 60% less than the
annual average precipitation.
In the upper middle river basin in the spurs of the Central Mountain range, where the
rivers Bao and Jagua are born, up to the reservoir sites of each of the rivers mentioned, is
the zone of life of Low Montano very moist forest (vmf-MB); it is the one that occupies
a greater percentage of the area with 45% of the area of the river basin. The climatic
conditions are characterized by the seasonal frost presence and for receiving greater
amount of precipitation than bmh-M, about 1.800 to 2.000 mm, even with a similar
pluviometric regime, mainly due to the orographic component. Potential
evapotranspiration is around 55% less than the rain, reason why the rivers carry water
throughout the year.
In the North section of the Bao River, from Mata Grande to Aguas Calientes, the
developed zone of life is Subtropical very moist forest (vmf-S). The precipitation in this
zone presents the rain period in the months of March to November, varying in intensity
according to the geographic situation. For the zone of Mata Grande, the precipitation is
of approximately 1.850 mm; the temperature for the zones in the slopes falls to values of
18ºC. Potential evapotranspiration can be estimated as 60% less than the precipitation,
and more than half of it is lost by runoff draining, being the source of river water
throughout the year. The percentage occupied by this zone of life in the study’s river
basin is of 45%.
The mid river basin, dropping in the same direction of the water, is occupied in a 12% by
the zone of life of moist forest Low Montano (bh-MB). Rains are irregular, but they
maintain certain land humidity great part of the year. The precipitations are most
intense from April to November with an annual total average of 1.800 mm. The land is
abrupt with height elevations from 800 m to 2.200 m. The temperatures have low
variables, they do not rise more than 30º C nor descend from -1º C (values of low
temperatures appear between December and February. Evapotranspiration is of an
equal percentage to the amount of total annual rain, which is why the creek channels
that are born here only have water during the months of maximum precipitation.
Descending towards the “Embalse de Bao” appears the zone of life Subtropical moist
forest (mf-S), the basin’s second largest with rainy season corresponding to the month,
COR-01-EI-004-07
Page 84
from April to December. The life zones rain pattern in the mid eastern area of the Bao
River increases as an annual average from 1,100 to 1,600 mm.
The temperature for this zone of life is variable, the average annual bio temperature is
less than 20ºC ; the potential evapotranspiration may be estimated as 20% average less
than the total annual average precipitation. The land of this zone of life is the most
adequate for the fish farm activities development, for the optimum combination of
temperature and rain.
The Subtropical dry forest (df-S) of the project area, extends from the restitution river
basins on the tail of the Bao Reservoir, towards Santiago in the northern slope of the
central mountain range, the “Cordillera Central”; the climatic conditions are
characterized by clear and sunny days in the months without rain and partially cloudy
during the rainy season and the months from January to March. The precipitations reach
980 mm (as verified with the Santiago the station), the average bio temperature is of
22.5ºC and corresponds to an annual average temperature of 26ºC. Potential
evapotranspiration can be estimated, in average, 60% greater than the amount of total
annual rain. The rain that falls in this zone does not run through the basin, only the one
that comes from higher humid places.
4.2.3
Direct and Indirect Area of Influence Determination
The rivers Bao and Jagua are divided into 5 zones in relation to Las Las Placetas Project,
their Hydric climatic behavior will be analyzed in relation to the implanted work and
operations. Sections of interest or of direct influence will be considered in this study,
those where an increase or decrease in volume as a result of the Project operations.
1. Reservoir Zones:

“Embalse de Sabaneta” will be located downstream the Rio Bao and the
“Arroyo Antón Sape Bueno” confluence; this reservoir is daily regulated and its
dimensions are of lesser importance (see Project Description Chapter);

“Embalse de Los Limones”, is of greater dimension than the previous one, as it
will regulate the waters coming from the Sabaneta Reservoir, in addition to the
Río Jagua basin volume where it will be located.
2. Outfall Tunnel Zone Sabaneta Reservoir - Los Limones Reservoir: This sector
includes from the Sabaneta reservoir to Los Limones reservoir with a length of
approximately 11 km.
3. Tunnel Zone Los Limones Reservoir – Machine House: This zone covers from Los
Limones Reservoir catchment to the discharge in the Machine House.
4. Rerouting River Zones:
COR-01-EI-004-07
Page 85

Río Bao Section: from the Sabaneta Reservoir to the Machine House discharge
in the restitution point (downstream the Jánico-Juncalito Road).

Río Jagua Section: from the Los Limones Reservoir to the Río Bao confluence.
The projected rerouting works generate volume affection in theses zones for the Bao
River as for the Jagua River section.
5. Down Stream the Machine House Discharge Zone: This section includes from
restitution point of the turbinate volume flow over the Bao River up to the tail of the
Bao Reservoir.
These zones will have an area of direct influence in the zones of the dam’s reservoirs
proper and the affected basins sections.
4.2.4
Available Climatological Information
With respect to the description of the climate in agreement with the definition of the
same, the study of the climate can be realized through the statistics values of the
meteorological parameters of the stations next to the study area. The parameters to
consider in this study are the following: Precipitation (monthly and annual average,
maximums and minimum and the areal and seasonal distribution analysis);
Temperatures (maximum and minimum absolutes, average of maximums and
minimums); Evaporation and Evapotranspiration; Humidity; Hydric balance; Winds
and Climatic Classification; Atmospheric pressure; Cloudiness; Insolation, etc.
The methodology used for the climate description, in agreement with the directives of
the Meteorological World-wide Organization, is the evaluation of the parameters before
mentioned of a registry of data of 30 years.
These data are analyzed according to the seasonal orographic position correlating them
with the general macroclimate circulations with the results of the regional and local
climate description.
The climatic characterization will be done for an area of influence of complete river
basins, that is to say that the climatologic information that it appears in this report
emphasizes within and around the river basin of the rivers Bao and Jagua, from its
origin to Embalse de BaoThe climatic characterization will be done for an area of
influence of complete river basins, that is to say that the climatologic information that it
appears in this report emphasizes within and around the river basin of the rivers Bao
and Jagua, from its origin to Embalse de Bao.
COR-01-EI-004-07
Page 86
For the description of the climate of the Project area, the data of the meteorological
parameters that appear in this report, correspond to those of the stations shown in Table
4.22 following the pattern of the identified zones of life in Table 4.20 of the river basins
of the main crossing rivers, since these zones of life bear one close relation to the
patterns from surface run-off.
A zone of life is defined as a natural climatic unit that groups different associations
corresponding to certain scopes of related temperature, precipitation and humidity,
related to the hours of sun, the direction and wind speed, the topography and, therefore,
the orographic position within the island.
4.2.4.1 Existing Metrological Stations
The area of the region was considered as the area of the river basins of the rivers Bao
and Jagua downstream the dams reservoirs of Tavera-Bao-Lopez, taking all the weather
stations in a distance radius not less than 50 km.
Table 4.22: Hydric Climatic Information
Station Name
Period
Basin
Institution
Type
Jarabacoa (401)
1968/2001
YDN
INDRHI
1
YDN
ONAMET
1967/2001
YDN-Bao
INDRHI
1
1968/2001
Río Inoa
INDRHI
1
Cagueyes (440)
1983/2001
Río Bao
INDRHI
2
Tavera (402)
1968/2001
YDN
INDRHI
1
Juncalito (442)
1982/2001
Río Jagua
INDRHI
3
1980/2001
Río Bao
INDRHI
1
INDRHI
3
INDRHI
2
2
Santiago
Santiago Isa
(404)
S. José de las
Matas (403)
Mata Grande
(411)
Los Montazos
(446)
1982/2001
Río
Guanajuma
Río
Baiguaque
Janey (438)
1981/2000
Manabao (410)
1960/2001
YDN
INDRHI
La Ciénaga de
Manabao (434)
1975/2000
YDN
INDRHI
COR-01-EI-004-07
4
Lat
GMS
19 07
50
Lon
GMS
78 38
20
19 26
45
19 20
10
19 17
09
19 17
00
19 13
01
19 12
03
19 08
15
19 10
03
19 03
50
19 03
58
70 44
45
70 56
20
70 50
00
70 43
05
70 49
20
70 59
15
70 47
40
70 46
08
70 47
40
70 51
43
Elev
Location
Map
500
282 159
6073
II
160
168 508
530
963 382
630
073 333
300
196 327
960
084 258
1000
907 247
970
112 168
760
201 140
900
113 087
1090
040 090
Page 87
6074
II
6074
III
6073
IV
6073 I
6073
IV
6073
IV
6073
III
6073
IV
6073
III
6073
III
4.2.5
Precipitation (Spatial Distribution: Isohyets and Seasonal: Monthly)
The precipitation patterns of the island are defined by the general distribution of the
macro time and by the local circulations (circulations valley-mountain, sea to land),
being the most complex the pluviometric regime of the Antilles islands because of its
varied relief.
The precipitations that mark the seasonal changes in the inter tropical zone have their
origin because of the tropical atmospherics phenomena which generate and impel the
“global circulation” system in the atmosphere, (tropical storms, convective storms,
eastern storms, the tradewinds, etc.), and the movements in the lower layer of the
troposphere denominated “local circulations”, as they are the winds valley-mountain
and sea to land.
In general terms, and summarizing the aforementioned, the origin of rains for the
country obeys to three main causes:

To the position of the meteorological displacement systems: intertropical system,
north subtropical and tropical (better known by fronts, tradewinds, vaguadas,
eastern ondas, north, hurricanes, etc.).

To the orographic effects that bring the moisture air rise;

To the local circulations (movements of the lower layer of the troposphere).
Figure 4.19 presents the map of isohyets corresponding to the area of influence of the
Project.
COR-01-EI-004-07
Page 88
Figure 4.19: Isohyets Map
For greater detail of this figure refer to the Maps Annex.
In the study area, the spatial variation of the precipitation well is very contrasted, the
climatic conditions vary due to the influences of anticyclones and the trade winds that
cross the country.
The annual dispersion is also well marked, the historical extreme values oscillating
between 980 and 1.900 mm. The monthly variation displays a regime of bimodal type
with rainy season in the spring (in general terms in the month of May) and in summerautumn (from August to November), with drought in the winter and in July.
Table 4.23: Average Precipitation in the Project Surrounding Stations
Station
Santiago
Isa(404)
Santiago
San José de
las Matas(403)
Juncalito(442)
Mata
Grande(411)
Cagueyes(440)
Jan
Feb
Mar
Abr
May
Jun
Jul
Aug
Sep
Oct
Nov
Dec
Anual
53.1
53.4
44.3
43.9
61.4
64.9
122.7
121.6
136.6
149.5
63.7
68.9
50.5
46.5
70.1
68.4
84.1
83.1
114.2
111.4
105
102
69.6
67.4
973.6
981.3
43.5
96.6
76.8
73.4
61.6
80.1
112.9
198.2
204.5
239.6
88.2
107.4
46.3
93.2
76.9
79.6
117.6
161.4
143.6
175.6
125.6
149
78.1
116
1,175.6
1,569.5
80.3
77.4
61.3
81.3
118.7
90.6
205.4
163.1
289.9
169.6
196.2
77.6
108.5
51.3
142.8
65.4
195.5
122.7
211.5
129.8
154.9
105
70.0
60.6
1,835.0
1,194.8
COR-01-EI-004-07
Page 89
Station
Tavera(402)
Los
Montazos(446)
Janey(438)
La Ciénaga de
Manabao(434)
Manabao(410)
Jan
75.7
Feb
77.3
Mar
76.9
Abr
148.6
May
175.8
Jun
72.1
Jul
63.3
Aug
86.7
Sep
109.5
Oct
130.3
Nov
118
Dec
92.5
Anual
1,203.6
84.7
106.7
113.0
94.2
111.9
134.5
209.5
238.1
296.8
308.5
150.1
122.7
65.6
76.1
86.9
92.5
175.1
172.9
220.3
199.2
197.9
214
113.4
141
1,825.2
1,900.4
75.0
60.2
81.2
67.2
98.5
91.9
173.7
140.8
274.6
245.8
172.4
134.6
105.2
71.9
152.0
112.6
182.0
170.9
216.0
180.5
164.0
155.9
85.8
97.0
1,780.4
1,529.3
250
200
150
Lluvia (mm)
100
50
0
Ene
Feb
Mar
Abr
May
Jun
Tiempo (meses)
Santiago Isa(404)
Santiago
Jul
Ago
San Jose de las Matas(403)
Sep
Oct
Nov
Cagueyes(440)
Dic
Tavera(402)
Figure 4.20: Rain Events in Cuenca Media y Baja Río Bao Stations
Figures 4.20 and 4.21 of the rain events of the Project Las Placetas presents an irregular
pattern of precipitations distribution; the monthly variation of the precipitation presents
a rain regime of bimodal type with the first rainy season in the spring (from March until
May where all the stations present the maximum values), and second in summerautumn (from August to November); the dry season is well defined and corresponds to
the winter season and the month of July, with the minimum variables: in the stations of
Janey, the Montazos Cagüeyes and Taveras the minimum value appears in summer; it is
in the winter for the rest.
COR-01-EI-004-07
Page 90
350
300
250
200
Lluvia (mm)
150
100
50
0
Ene
Feb
Mar
Abr
May
Jun
Tiempo (meses)
Jarabacoa(401)
Juncalito(442)
Jul
Ago
Mata Grande(411)
Sep
Oct
Nov
Los Montazos(446)
Dic
Janey(438)
Figure 4.21: Rain Events at Cuenca Media and Alta Río Bao Stations
The distribution of the annual average precipitation shows the influence of the
topography for the low, high and intermediate levels, with marked differences of rain
because of the local circulations that occur in the lower layer of the atmosphere. Annual
rain is smaller for the stations of the center of the valley (as it is possible to be
appreciated in the values of the rain of the stations Santiago and Santiago Isa).
In direction towards the south, the increase of rain, as they are ascending and going into
inland, is well-known; when finding the Central Mountain range in its North slope and
the precipitation continues increasing, where the effect of the local circulations of the
strips of diurnal cloudiness with smaller evaporation is superposed. The process
previously described has its explanation in the local circulations mountain-valley that
bring about the air masses superposition with a well-known increase of precipitation for
the located stations in mid slope, which are developed gradually throughout the year,
varying its intensity with the character of the macro time. In addition, this occurs
because the rain winds transport from the east to the west part of the country, and when
they enter by the northeastern part of the island, they pour its rain load, which is
reduced while travelling towards the west.
The seasonal course of precipitations for the zones expressed in relative monthly
percentage of the annual total, eliminates the local effects and allows to know the ruling
COR-01-EI-004-07
Page 91
time regional variations (very dry, dry, dry variable, rainy variable, rainy weather
forecast), correlating the operating frontal systems for every month.
The relative percentage of the monthly precipitation, in the following form, defines the
weather forecast (Table 4.24):
0.0 – 1.0%
1.0 – 2.5%
5.0 - 8.3%
12.0 – 15.0%
Intensely Dry
Very Dry
Variable Dry
Rainy
2.5 – 5.0%
8.3 – 12.0%
15.0 -25.0%
Dry
Rainy Variable
Very Rainy
Table 4.24: Relative Monthly Precipitation Percentages
Station
Santiago
Isa(404)
San José de
las Matas(403)
Juncalito(442)
Mata
Grande(411)
Cagueyes(440)
Los
Montazos(446)
Janey(438)
Manabao(410)
Media
Jan
Feb
Mar
Apr
May
Jun
Jul
Aug
Sep
Oct
Nov
Dec
5.5
4.1
6.7
12.2
15.5
6.9
4.8
7.1
8.3
11.6
10.2
7
3.8
6.3
6.0
4.3
5.3
5.2
9.5
12.4
17.7
15.5
7.4
6.7
4.0
6.0
6.7
5.2
9.9
10.1
12.4
11.4
10.5
9.4
6.8
7.5
4.5
6.6
3.1
6.2
6.6
7.7
11.0
13.5
16.1
14.5
10.5
6.4
6.0
4.4
7.9
5.6
10.5
10.1
11.7
11.1
8.3
8.7
3.9
5.2
4.7
5.7
4.0
8.3
5.7
4.6
4.0
8.3
6.2
7.2
6.1
8.3
11.3
12.3
9.1
8.3
16.6
16.5
16.4
8.3
8.1
6.4
8.7
8.3
3.7
4.1
4.8
8.3
4.8
5.0
7.5
8.3
9.5
9.0
11.0
8.3
12.3
10.7
12.0
8.3
10.7
11.1
10.0
8.3
6.3
7.6
6.5
8.3
Since the precipitation is the element where the weather forecast has more influence, the
relative precipitation allows toknow its regional variations. Figure 4.22 presents the
characterization of the weather forecast, differentiating the predominance from the very
dry, dry, dry variable, rainy, rainy variable weather and, correlating the variation of rain
with the frontal systems that act in the zone.
During the month of January the weather forecast is dry for the zone of influence in the
Los Montazos, San José de las Matas, Mata Grande and Manabao stations, while it is
variable dry for the Juncalito, Janey y Cagüeyes stations. During the month of February,
the precipitation follows the weather forecast model dry and varable dry. During the
month of March, the variable dry season continues for all stations and the circulation
increases. By mid April, with the subtropical north system entrance, the rainy season is
initiated, when it brings moderate rain and hot air masses; strong storms are produced
by the local circulation effects acquiring great development; condensation descends
producing low precipitations in the interior valleys (Manabao and San José de Las
Matas).
COR-01-EI-004-07
Page 92
May is the rainiest month of all the island; this pattern is typical of the action of local
circulations reinforced by flows of the east and the tails of the inter tropical system. In
June, the predominant weather is the dry variable, caused by the activity of the Atlantic
anticyclone, that spills winds of the east in the zone. Dry weather predominates during
the month of July product of the high pressure centers of the inter tropical circulation,
that explains the precipitation decrease. In August the variable dry time predominates,
with high levels of condensation predominating the high pressure system; there is a
temperature rise that brings about the strong heats of August.
Due to the stagnation that produces the North tails of the inter tropical system (ITS) in
their return to the south in the month of September, and the cyclones effects, the variable
rainy season is generated increasing the precipitation of the area. In October, the
variable rainy season predominates, where the instability favors the development of the
local circulation. The return of the North subtropical system in November drags fresh
marine masses. In December, the weather forecast is dry, the local circulation is weak,
the dominant processes are stagnation and foehn 2 by the intermediate situation that
brings about the encounter of the North inter tropical system, that already crossed and
the coming tropical system (TS). The foehn effect owns an enormous relevance when the
windward zone of the mountain range faces the dominant flow of trade winds.
2
Foehn effect: dry and warm wind descendent the downwind of a mountain range, that put under a
compression process increases its temperature and reduces the relative humidity, originating precipitations
in the windward side.
COR-01-EI-004-07
Page 93
18
16
14
Lluvia Relativa (%)
12
10
8
6
4
2
San Jose de las Matas(403)
Cagueyes(440)
Manabao(410)
D
ic
N
ov
O
ct
Tiempo (meses)
Santiago Isa(404)
Mata Grande(411)
Janey(438)
S
ep
A
go
Ju
l
Ju
n
M
ay
A
br
M
ar
Fe
b
E
ne
0
Juncalito(442)
Los Montazos(446)
Media
Figure 4.22: Total Relative Annual Precipitation Events in %
Table 4.25 and Figure 4.23 present the average rainy days in the San José de las Matas,
Los Montazos, Santiago, Jarabacoa and Manabao Stations.
Table 4.25: Monthly Average Rainy Days in Project nearby Stations
Station
San José
de las
Matas
Los
Montazos
Santiago
Jarabacoa
Manabao
Jan
Feb
Mar
Apr
May
Jun
9.0
7.0
9.0
11.0
15.0
10.0
7.0
8.0
9.5
11.0
10.6
9.5
8.5
9.0
8.2
8.0
9.2
9.0
7.7
9.8
12.1
10.0
10.4
11.6
13.5
14.0
14.6
16.5
8.6
8.0
8.4
12.3
7.4
10.0
9.1
9.8
7.0
11.0
9.1
11.1
COR-01-EI-004-07
Jul
Aug
Sep
Oct
Nov
Dec
Annual
10.0
12.0
13.0
11.0
123.0
10.3
11.0
10.2
15.4
12.2
12.0
12.1
15.0
13.0
14.0
12.5
14.8
10.0
13.0
12.3
13.5
121.1
131.0
125.2
147.1
Page 94
Monthly Average Rainy Days
18.0
16.0
14.0
12.0 rainy days
Monthly
10.0
8.0
6.0
4.0
2.0
0.0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
Time (month)
San José de las Matas
Santiago
Jarabacoa
Manabao
Los Montazos
Figure 4.23: Monthly Average Rainy Days
4.2.6
Maximum Rain in 24 Hours
The analysis of the probability of occurrence of the values of precipitation considering
the daily maximum obtained from the Baseline Report, which was performed on the
basis of the registered data in the Great Bush, Janey and Manabao stations.
In the referred study the precipitation values associated to different return periods for
the series of measured data in the stations were determined which have incidence in the
area of the studied river basins. In Table 4.26 the results of these analyses appear.
Table 4.26: Maximum Precipitation in 24 hours for Different Return Periods
Station
Period
Mata Grande
Janey
Manabao
COR-01-EI-004-07
10 yrs
(mm)
25 yrs
(mm)
50 yrs
(mm)
100 yrs
(mm)
500 yrs
(mm)
125.7
117.1
128.2
149.1
134.9
159.9
166.4
148.3
186.5
183.6
161.2
215.7
223.3
191.6
295.8
Page 95
4.2.7
Temperature
The Island of Santo Domingo is located in the Torrid Zone with high intensity heat;
warm temperatures predominate throughout the year, without real winter, with fresh
temperatures in winter only in the mountainous zones as can be seen in the temperature
map in Figure 4.24.
Figure 4.24: Surrounding Isotherms
The hottest month is August and the coldest are January and February. On a general
way the temperatures are smoothed by 1.5 ºC to corresponding to the latitudes country,
due to the marine influence. The average annual values for the zone in study is of 22ºC
in Jarabacoa and Mata Grande, located in the river basin high part; the San Jose de Las
Matas and Tavera stations both have a 24 annual average temperature of 24ºC and
Santiago and Santiago Isa 25ºC and 26ºC, respectively.
The temperature of the air is one of the most important effects of the solar radiation;
thanks to its thermal conductivity, the air is warmed up by direct contact with the
ground and, in the upper layers, by turbulent conductivity. This temperature undergoes
a diurnal variation, composed of a simple oscillation, whose amplitude decreases as it
the height increases.
COR-01-EI-004-07
Page 96
The extreme temperatures occur in the high zones of the central mountain range with
values below 0 ºC in the Bao Valley.
Temperature Media Annual Average
29
27
25
Temperature (oC)
23
21
19
17
15
Jan Feb
Mar Apr
May Jun
Jul
Aug
Time (month))
Jarabacoa
Tavera
Mata Grande
Sep
Oct
SJ de las Matas
Nov
Dec
Santiago Isa
Santiago
Figure 4.25: Temperature Media Average in ºC
The daily amplitude between the coastal and the mountain fluctuates between 8ºC y
15ºC, respectively; the minimum temperatures presents during sunrise and the
maximum between noon and 4:00pm.
Temperatura Minima Media Mensual
28.0
26.0
Temperatura (oC)
24.0
22.0
20.0
18.0
16.0
14.0
12.0
10.0
Ene
Feb
Mar
Abr
May
Jun
Jul
Ago
Tiempo (meses)
Jarabacoa
SJ de las Matas
Santiago
Sep
Oct
Nov
Santiago Isa
Dic
Mata Grande
Figure 4.26: Monthly Average Minimum Temperature (ºC)
COR-01-EI-004-07
Page 97
Temperatura Maxima Promedio Mensual
35
33
31
Temperatura (oC)
29
27
25
23
21
19
17
15
Ene Feb
Mar
Abr
May
Jun
Jul
Tiempo (meses)
Jarabacoa
Tavera
Mata Grande
Ago
Sep
Oct
Nov
SJ de las Matas
Dic
Santiago Isa
Santiago Isa
Figure 4.27: Monthly Average Maximum Temperature (ºC)
4.2.8
Wind (Direction and Speed)
The predominant wind in the Dominican Republic is the trade winds with northeastern
component, this regime being modified by the topographic conditions and the
temperature differences of the land and the sea. The wind speeds have an annual
average of approximately 10km/h with annual oscillations of 6.5 km/h to 18.9 km/h.
The monthly averages are between 5 km/h in Quinigua and 29 km/h in Valverde
during July.
Table 4.27 : Normal Wind Speed in km/h (3 m draft head )
Station
Santiago
Santiago Isa (3m)
(INDRHI)
Santiago Isa (1m)
(INDRHI)
Jan
8.2
Feb
10.4
Mar
10.4
Apr
11.9
May
10.1
Jun
11.9
Jul
13.7
Aug
12.3
Sep
11.5
Oct
9.4
Nov
8.3
Dec
11.2
Year
10.9
8.6
8.6
10.4
10.1
10.1
12.2
13
13.3
11.2
14.1
9.4
13
11.2
3.6
4.7
4.7
4.3
4.7
5.8
6.5
6.1
4.7
4
3.3
3.3
4.6
Jarabacoa
2.2
2.5
2.9
2.5
2.5
2.9
3.2
3.6
3.2
2.5
2.2
1.8
2.5
Taveras
3.2
3.6
4.3
4
3.6
4.7
5.4
4.7
3.6
2.9
2.2
2.5
3.6
4
4.7
4.3
4
4.7
4.7
8.3
4.7
4.7
6.5
3.2
4
Matagrande
Source: Plan Nacional de investigación, Aprovechamiento y Control de las Aguas Subterráneas (PLANIACAS) e INDRHI
COR-01-EI-004-07
Page 98
4.7
4.2.9
Relative Humidity
In the island of the Hispaniola the distribution of the relative humidity is distributed
showing a decrease to the west, because of the drag humidity of the trade winds and the
mountains exposition. The relative humidity does not have any latitudinal or
topographical relation and only depends on the content of water vapor and on the
temperature. For this reason a heating or cooling and the air masses changes, the daily
cycle is inverse to the temperature, and its relative course marks the difference between
the dry and humid weather.
Table 4.28: Relative Humidity Monthly Average in %
Stations
Jan
Feb
Mar
Apr
May
Jun
Jul
Aug
Sep
Oct
Nov
Dec
Year
Mata Grande
San José de
la Matas
73
73
72
75
77
74
71
70
73
75
75
73
73
79.2
79.8
76.1
74.2
79.7
78.1
74.7
75.4
77.9
81.4
86.1
84.4
78.7
Santiago
77
75
72
72
74
71
71
71
73
75
78
79
74
Values of around 83% are located in the Eastern slope of the Central Mountain range,
towards the births of the rivers Bao and Yaque of the North. The annual oscillation of
the average values is small, near 10%, whereas the daily oscillation of the relative
humidity is significant, in the order from 20% to 40%. The daily decrease is the reflection
of the temperature ascendance in the days without rain, which coincides with the dawn
moment beginning and to temperature rises; the relative humidity reaches the daily
minimum value between the 1:00 and 3:00 p.m. that agrees with the maximum
temperature. When the temperature starts decreasing in the afternoon, the relative
humidity increases to arrive at values near 100% around midnight, and lasts until
shortly before the dawn. The average relative humidity for the Dominican Republic is of
78%.
4.2.10 Barometric Pressure
The measurement of the atmospheric pressure is realized in the terrestrial surface, it is
given by the weight from the atmospheric column on the observation place, reason why
changes in the air mass vertical structure is reflected in the pressure. The daily variation
of the pressure in the morning is characterized by one double wave, registering itself a
maximum primary value around the 10:00am and a minimum primary value next to
4:00 p.m.; the secondary maximum and minimum respectively happen towards the
10:00 p.m. and 4:00 a.m. with oscillations between 1,2 and 2,1 millibars.
Annually the pressure varies with an amplitude of 4 millibars (MB), bearing one close
relation to the displacement from the systems of high pressure of the North Atlantic and
COR-01-EI-004-07
Page 99
the displacements of tropical revolving storms, easterly waves, “vaguada”, front
systems, ect.
The average pressure on the island is of 1.015 MB, the extreme values have appeared in
the presence of cyclones, where the low pressure is almost 900 MB.
4.2.11 Solar or Isolation Radiation
The practically exclusive heat source for the terrestrial atmosphere is the sun, which at a
high speed broadcasts part of its mass to the space in the form of energy electromagnetic
and of particles.
The energy flow emitted by the sun is constant, the main causes that modify the solar
energy arriving at the Earth are: different duration from the day and the night, angle of
incidence variation of solar rays and the distance of the Earth to the Sun.
The solar energy that receives the terrestrial surface (radiation) is a meteorological
element that has much influence on the others; the atmospheric processes periods
depend on the radiation. The radiation is the fundamental element of the physical
climatology, and their qualitative aspects (composition), as their quantitative aspects
(intensity, duration) should be considered.
Table 4.29: Sun Hours Monthly Daily Average
Jan
Feb
Mar
Apr
May
Jun
Jul
Aug
Sep
Oct
Nov
Dec
Year
Santiago
Stations
7.23
7.16
7.9
7.9
7.8
8.2
8.2
8.5
7.8
7.6
7.1
6.6
7.7
Santiago Isa
7.9
8.2
8.7
8.5
8.7
9.1
9.1
9.1
8.5
8.3
8.2
7.6
8.5
Table 4.30: Global Radiation Jarabacoa Station
Stations
Radiación
Global
Jarabacoa
(Cal/cm2/dia)
Jan
Feb
Mar
Apr
May
517.9
595.1
651.4
709.4
736.7
Jun
745.4
Jul
Aug
Sep
739.4
708.2
674.0
Oct
613.2
Nov
537.1
Dec
491.6
Year
643.3
4.2.12 Evaporation
In the island of Santo Domingo the distribution of the evaporation increases from east to
west, opposite to the distribution of the humidity; this increase from east to west is
mainly demonstrated by the trade winds protected zones.
COR-01-EI-004-07
Page 100
Values superiors to 2000 mm of annual evaporation are observed in the low river basin
of the Yaque River of the North (see evaporation of the Santiago station in Table 4.31);
these high values concur with the larger water requirements for irrigation.
Table 4.31: Evaporation Media Monthly Average
Stations
Jarabacoa
Mata Grande
SJ de las Matas
Santiago Isa
Tavera
Jan
Feb
Mar
Apr
May
Jun
Jul
Aug
Sep
Oct
Nov
Dec
Year
85.1
90.5
123.3
126.3
131.1
138.0
149.3
143.5
126.6
120.0
95.5
77.9
1407.1
114.0
120.1
137.1
130.2
118.4
135.4
157.3
158.6
134.4
120.0
109.2
108.9
1543.6
83.0
86.0
129.0
151.0
151.0
156.0
176.0
164.0
133.0
107.0
80.0
72.0
1488.0
123.0
134.9
182.2
191.1
203.5
214.6
243.2
228.3
201.1
157.5
120.9
111.4
2112.5
82.0
97.0
142.0
158.0
167.0
171.0
180.0
165.0
143.0
119.0
88.0
77.0
1589.0
In general terms, July and August are the month with higher evaporation while
November and December have the lower evaporation rates.
Table 4.32 : Maximal Monthly Evaporation
Stations
Jan
Feb
Mar
Apr
May
Jun
Jul
Aug
Sep
Oct
Nov
Dec
Year
Jarabacoa
Mata
Grande
Santiago
INDRHI
114.0
132.2
168.8
177.7
170.9
193.1
225.1
184.6
161.2
212.2
206.8
105.5
2052.1
142.1
148.8
176.5
178.0
156.3
167.8
181.4
193.5
167.9
129.4
156.9
161.7
1960.3
199.4
180.4
298.7
254.2
273.9
326.4
329.1
365.8
329.3
285.4
308.9
251.9
3403.4
Tavera
138.0
172.4
225.7
233.4
225.4
252.6
253.5
248.3
206.9
191.8
169.3
148.3
2465.6
The extreme maximal value is 365.8 mm during August for Santiago.
Table 4.33: Minimal Monthly Evaporation
Stations
Jan
Feb
Mar
Apr
79.8
May
86.5
Jun
95.0
Jul
121.4
Aug
113.4
Sep
101.2
Oct
95.4
Nov
Dec
70.6
59.1
Year
Jarabacoa
66.3
66.9
99.1
1054.7
Mata Grande
94.5
87.1
105.4
85.2
81.0
100.0
134.4
133.6
116.1
98.0
83.5
68.8
987.6
Santiago ISA
86.8
97.2
140.8
100.2
117.8
159.8
185.7
179.8
143.4
127.4
94.5
82.1
1515.5
Tavera (PET )
82.6
92.7
134.9
124.4
114.6
131.4
164.3
147.2
130.7
99.9
93.0
67.2
1382.9
Nov
24.2
10.9
102
Dec
22.9
10
86.2
Total
4.2.13 Hydric Balance
Table 4.34: Tavera Station Hydric Balance
temp
i
PET w/o corr
Jan
22.44
9.71
80.9
COR-01-EI-004-07
Feb
22.6
9.81
82.7
Mar
23.5
10.4
93.5
Apr
24.1
10.8
101
May
24.8
11.3
110
Jun
25.6
11.8
122
Jul
26.1
12.2
130
Aug
26.2
12.3
131
Sep
25.9
12.1
127
Oct
25.5
11.8
120
Page 101
133.15
nºdays month
nº hours light
PET corr.
P
RET
Deficit
Available Reserve
Surpluses
Jan
31
7.9
55.0
75.7
55.0
0
50
20.6
Feb
28.3
8.2
53.2
77.3
53.2
0
50
24.1
Mar
31
8.7
70
76.9
70
0
50
6.86
Apr
30
8.5
71.2
149
71.2
0
50
77.4
May
31
8.7
82.3
176
82.3
0
50
93.5
Jun
30
9.1
92.2
72.1
92.2
0
29.9
0
Jul
31
9.1
102
63.3
93.2
8.55
0
0
Aug
31
9.1
103
86.7
86.7
16.1
0
0
Sep
30
8.5
89.9
110
89.9
0
19.6
0
Oct
31
8.3
86
130
86
0
50
13.9
Nov
30
8.2
70
118
70
0
50
48
Dec
31
7.6
56.4
92.5
56.4
0
50
36.1
Total
Tavera Station Hydro Balance
200
150
100
50
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
PET corr.
7
8
P
9
10
11
12
RET
Figure 4.28: Tavera Station Hydric Balance
In the graph as in the Tavera station Hydric Balance Table, as can be observed, the
humidity deficits occurs during the months of July and August when the potential
evapotranspiration (PET) is greater than real evapotranspiration (RET) and rain, reason
why the necessary humidity must be artificially replaced for the plants the growth.
COR-01-EI-004-07
Page 102
930.77
1226.7
906.13
24.646
320.57
Table 4.35: Mata Grande Station Hydric Balance
Mata Grande
Mar
Apr
May
Jun
Jul
Aug
Nov
Dec
20.5
20.6
21.6
22.1
23
23.3
23.5
23.5
24.2
23.5
23
21.5
i
PET w/o corr
nº days month
nº hours light
PET corr.
P
RET
Deficit
Available Reserve
8.4675
69.191
31
7.9
47.069
80.3
47.069
0
50
8.5301
70.08
28.25
8.2
45.094
61.3
45.094
0
50
9.16
79.4
31
8.7
59.5
119
59.5
0
50
9.49
84.3
30
8.5
59.7
205
59.7
0
50
10.1
93.6
31
8.7
70.1
290
70.1
0
50
10.3
96.8
30
9.1
73.4
196
73.4
0
50
10.4
99
31
9.1
77.6
109
77.6
0
50
10.4
99
31
9.1
77.6
143
77.6
0
50
10.9
107
30
8.5
75.7
196
59.7
0.0
50.0
10.4
99
31
8.3
70.8
212
70.1
0.0
50.0
10.1
93.6
30
8.2
63.9
155
73.4
0.0
50.0
9.1
78.4
31
7.6
51.3
70
77.6
0.0
50.0
117.31
Surpluses
33.231
16.206
59.2
146
220
123
30.9
65.2
145.7
219.8
122.8
30.9
1013.3
Temp
Jan
Feb
Sep
Oct
The data presented in Table 4.35 demonstrates there are no soil humidity deficits
situations at the Mata Grande Station for the zones precipitation is always higher than
the plants requirements.
Station Mata Grande Hydric Balance
350
300
250
200
150
100
50
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
PET corr.
7
8
P
9
10
11
12
RET
Figure 4.29: Mata Grande Station Hydric Balance
COR-01-EI-004-07
Page 103
Total
771.72
1835
771.72
0
Table 4.36: Jarabacoa Station Hydric Balance
Jarabacoa
Jan
Feb
Mar
Apr
May
Jun
Jul
Aug
Sep
Oct
Nov
Dec
Total
temp
19.85
20.14
21.1
22
22.9
23.6
23.7
23.8
23.7
23.1
21.9
20.2
i
PET sin corr
nº days month
nº hours light
PET corr.
P
RET
Deficit
Reserve despoiled
8.0643
64.926
31
7.9
44.167
105.1
44.167
0
50
8.2434
67.371
28.25
8.2
43.351
97.1
43.351
0
50
8.83
75.6
31
8.7
56.6
101
56.6
0
50
9.4
84
30
8.5
59.5
155
59.5
0
50
10
93.9
31
8.7
70.3
202
70.3
0
50
10.5
101
30
9.1
76.5
82.5
76.5
0
50
10.5
102
31
9.1
79.8
84.1
79.8
0
50
10.6
103
31
9.1
80.9
112
80.9
0
50
10.6
102
30
8.5
72.4
116
72.4
0
43.1
10.2
96
31
8.3
68.6
148
68.6
0
50
9.35
83.2
30
8.2
56.9
185
56.9
0
50
8.29
68
31
7.6
44.5
133
44.5
0
50
114.58
Accidents
60.933
53.749
44.2
95
132
5.97
4.25
30.9
0
72.1
128
88.9
716.2
Every month the Jarabacoa station shows ground humidity surpluses year round,
supplying its humidity needs for the plants growth directly by the zone’s rain.
Jarabacoa Station Hydric Balance
250
200
150
100
50
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
PET corr.
7
8
P
9
10
11
12
RET
Figure 4.30: Jarabacoa Station Hydric Balance Graphic Representation
COR-01-EI-004-07
Page 104
753.58
1519.8
753.6
0.0
Table 4.37: San José de Las Matas Station Hydric Balance
SJ de las Matas
temp
i
PET sin corr
nº days month
nº hours light
PET corr.
P
ETR
Deficit
Reserve despoiled
Accidents
Jan
21.3
8.9728
70.848
31
7.9
48.196
43.5
48.196
0
45.304
0
Feb
21.2
8.9091
69.863
28.25
8.2
44.955
76.8
44.955
0
50
Mar
22.8
9.95
86.8
31
8.7
65
61.6
65
0
46.6
Apr
23.8
10.6
98.6
30
8.5
69.8
113
69.8
0
50
May
24.8
11.3
111
31
8.7
83.5
205
83.5
0
50
Jun
25.5
11.8
121
30
9.1
91.8
88.2
91.8
0
46.4
Jul
25.9
12.1
127
31
9.1
99.4
46.3
92.7
6.66
0
Aug
26.1
12.2
130
31
9.1
102
76.9
76.9
24.8
0
27.149
0
39.7
121
0
0
0
Sep
26
12.1
128
30
8.5
90.9
118
90.9
0
26.7
Oct
25.2
11.6
117
31
8.3
83.5
144
83.5
0
50
Nov
23.5
10.4
94.9
30
8.2
64.9
126
64.9
0
50
Dec
21.8
9.29
75.9
31
7.6
49.7
78.1
49.7
0
50
0
36.8
60.7
28.4
SJ de las Matas Station Hydric Balance
250
200
150
100
50
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
PET corr.
7
8
P
9
10
11
12
RET
Figure 4.31: San José de las Matas Station Hydric Balance
On the San Jose of Matas station a humidity deficit is presented for the months of July
and August where the potential evapotranspiration is greater that real
evapotranspiration and the precipitation; this deficit must be replaced by artificial way
for the cases of agricultural uses.
4.3
SURFACE AND SUBTERRANEAN HYDROLOGY
4.3.1
Surface Water Course Identification, Characterization and Mapping
The study zone includes the high river basin of the Rivers Bao and Jagua to the projected
reservoir dams of Sabaneta and Los Limones, the sub river basins included from these
dams to the tail of Bao Reservoir, including the sections of the Bao River and the Jagua
River that will be rerouted, as presented in the following river basins map.
COR-01-EI-004-07
Page 105
Total
129.21
893.2
1175.6
861.8
31.4
313.8
Figure 4.32: Contributing River and Basin Map Las Placetas Project
The description of the river basins of the rivers Bao and Jagua is realized oriented of the
following form:

The river basin form, type and distribution of the Drainage and Run-off networks.

Present Water forms that can be affected: rivers, streams, creeks, gorges and lagoons

Estimation of the water volumes (collected data from hydrometric stations network
and by means of empiric formulas).
The birth of the Bao River is located in the North slope of the Central Mountain range,
specifically in the Vallecito de Bao, on the La Pelona hill to an elevation of 2320 meters
above sea level (m.a.s.l.).
The Bao River, from its birth to its outfall in the Bao Reservoir crosses about 87,3 km of
main channel, of which approximately about 38,8 km corresponds to the region of the
project, realizing a South-North route in the first 2 kilometers, changes to the direction of
the route until the site of the Sabaneta reservoir Southwestern-Northeastern until the
River Jamamú confluence Figure 4.33, the following section takes almost North franc
direction (10º in northeastern direction) with abundant meanders until arriving at El
Palero where it takes the easterly course to join in the North Yaque in the present Bao
reservoir.
COR-01-EI-004-07
Page 106
On the other hand the Jagua River has a route length of 45,1 km until its outfall in
Reservoir Bao, of which 24,9 km correspond to the project space, from the construction
site of Los Lemons reservoir to the present Bao storage reservoir. In the mentioned
section the river practically runs parallel to the River Bao direction.
As it shows in the Rivers and Creeks Map (Figure no. 4.33), from the river basin of the
Bao River to the Sabaneta storage reservoir site has an oval form where the water
draining first travel the secondary channels until arriving at the Bao River; this behavior
produces a draining delay greater than in the river basins of extended form, as the one
of the section from the reservoir site to the zone of restitution of turbinated waters,
downstream the Bao Spa, in which the water practically only runs by the main channel,
or in creeks and very short courses (except the Jamamú River) which cause very fast
draining and instantaneous peaks.
Figure 4.33: Draining Pattern Las Placetas Project
The Jagua River has the same morphology as the Bao River previously described; the
river basin has oval form and the channel downstream the reservoir towards the Bao
River outfall has an extended form with short sections except for Arroyo Gurabo.
The Bao River basin towards the Yaque del Norte River confluence in Tavera has a
superficial extension of 897.3 km2, including the basins of the tributary rivers. The
COR-01-EI-004-07
Page 107
basins slope is abrupt at its origin, with values of 21% at a distance of 2 km.; the
following sections reach slopes in the order of 4.6% and 12% in longitudes 2.3 and 1.67
km. respectively portraying the flashy characteristics conditions of the mountain’s river.
The Jagua River is the principal influent to the Bao River, originates in the central
mountain range Cordillera Central at 1760 m.a.s.l. in the Sierra Atravesada hill; its
channel length is 45 km towards the Bao River confluence. It is a torrent river typical of
mountain zones of in which the slopes of the channel and the river basin in the first 3
kilometers in length (21% and 31,86% respectively) bring about drags and consequently
suspended sediments in their waters.
Along its pathway, within the Hydroelectric Project Las Placetas space, the Bao as well
as the Jagua River receive inflow from numerous watersheds, among creeks, gorges and
drains3. In sequence from the largest to the smallest height, the river basins from the
Norte del Bao Watershed are: Arroyo Antonsape Bueno, Matica de Plátano, El Hoyo, La
Cabirma, San Bartolo, La Pila, Bajamillo, La Vieja, Guásuma, Los Negros, Ganga and
Loma Sucia. The South Bao outfall is: Loma Prieta, Sabaneta, Jamarao, Arenoso, Pocilga,
Piedra Partida, Hondo, Cama, Las Carreras, Maio, Damajagua, Namiro, Palmar and
Palero. Other tributaries with considerable inflow volumes are Ríos La Guacara, Los
Arroyos and Jamamú, as well as Jagua River with all its tributaries.
In sequence from the largest to the smallest height, the Jagua North watersheds basins
are: Los Arroyos, Los Limones, Jagua, Al Medio, Plátanos, La Cabra, Ursula and Cidra.
Its south watersheds are: Paria, Los Arroyos, El Peñón, Higuamo, Juncal, Niguero,
Lavadero, Rucillo and Los Naranjos. These inflows gain extraordinary importance in the
context of the project, as in addition to the ecological flow, supply the water to be
received by Bao and Jagua River along the area between approximately 20 and 30 km
long, where volume reduction will take place as a result of the dam reservoirs.
The details of the Bao and Jagua rivers inflows appear in the following developed
paragraph.
4.3.2
Mean Flow – Present Regimen (Original Report elaborated by EDH, S.A.)
At present there are two flow measuring stations for the study’s zone: Bao in Sabaneta
and Jagua in El Higüero which contain daily mean flow for the period presented in the
following table, and a suspended Bao station in Agua Caliente presented in Table 4.38.
Table 4.38: Hydrometrics Stations Network
3
Accoring to the informaron supplied in “ Hojas Topográficas del Instituto Cartográfico Militar”.
COR-01-EI-004-07
Page 108
Station
Localization
Coding
Register
Río Bao in Sabaneta
291000E
2123500N
DQ042005
Jan 1979-Jan 2007
Río Bao in Aguas
Calientes
300487E
2129052N
DQ042005
Mar 1979-Oct 1987
Río Jagua in Higuero
300389E
2129234N
DQ042102
Dec 1980-Ene 2007
Río Jagua in Los
Limones
302500E
2121250N
Simulated
Jan 1960-Dec 2004
The information collected in these stations is shown in the Tables 4.39, 4.40, and 4.41,
and the monthly averages graphed to define the pattern of the temporary run-off
regime.
Table 4.39: Daily Mean Flow Observed in Sabaneta’s Bao Station
Year
Jan
5.92
6.07
5.72
3.9
5.59
5.96
2.96
9.02
4.45
4.13
4.94
3.75
4.63
5.16
4.11
1981
1982
1983
1984
1985
1986
1987
1988
1989
1990
1991
1992
1993
1994
1995
Average
5.09
Feb
5.85
5.53
4.17
5.22
4.34
5.29
3
9.5
5.84
3.3
3.97
3.18
4.77
4.18
4.87
Mar
5.71
4.18
3.57
3.91
4.61
4.94
3.4
4.04
5.4
3.34
3.43
2.98
6.73
4.62
4.35
Apr
May
7.17
4.13
3.33
3.77
5.12
7.45
3.57
3.63
3.82
3.73
4.76
5.14
11.74
4.07
32.01
10.23
5.1
Jun
Jul
Aug
Sep
Oct
5.49
10.86
12.12
6.23
6.12
5.45
3.32
11.47
12.15
18.85
11.55
19.7
16.17
7.27
17.74
8.31
8.69
11.34
6.37
7.5
4.73
9.39
18.39
13.1
7.78
16.97
7.96
7.13
6.92
7.24
4.95
4.85
11.11
6.08
4.62
7.99
6.8
6.63
4.94
12.7
6.38
6.91
6.32
6.44
5.22
3.43
6.89
7.66
3.78
5.4
6.8
5.43
4.85
9.26
6.81
6.38
14.44
8
4.57
8.16
11.86
10.61
7.98
6.43
10.25
7.3
5.42
11.22
11.18
7.44
6.3
8.39
Nov
15.56
9.22
8.6
17.86
9.6
4.15
17.8
12.26
8.97
12.59
7.18
7.74
8.14
10.29
10.71
Dec
13.42
6.4
6.9
11.71
17.17
3.63
8.91
7.83
7.24
13.65
5.15
6.01
7.04
8.08
8.8
Annual
8.09
6.84
4.51
7.06
7.73
3.22
7.15
5.34
4.67
7.29
4.51
5.34
5.25
5.02
5.86
12.70
7.49
8.70
7.92
5.85
6.73
7.83
6.47
6.04
6.22
7.38
8.30
6.33
7.44
The mean flow for the Bao River in the Sabaneta Station has been estimated for the
project design in 7.50 m3/sec for the definitive selected location for the Sabaneta
Reservoir (Alternative C) from where it should be transfered to Los Limones Reservoir
over the Jagua River.
Table 4.40: Daily Mean Flow Observed in Higüero’s Jagua Station
Year
1979
1980
1981
Jan
5.04
3.89
Feb
Mar
3.70
4.50
3.74
4.36
COR-01-EI-004-07
Apr
7.46
May
Jun
13.11
33.09
8.10
10.10
Jul
10.12
3.32
Aug
13.7
6.49
3.53
Sep
12.99
8.83
3.31
Oct
12.56
9.46
7.39
Nov
Dec
13.88
4.39
15.55
5.3
4.57
5.2
Page 109
Annual
Year
Jan
4.58
4.27
1.93
3.59
3.24
1.47
8.51
2.11
2.46
3.43
1.82
2.66
1982
1983
1984
1985
1986
1987
1988
1989
1990
1991
1992
1993
1994
Average
3.5
Feb
Mar
Apr
May
Jun
4.10
2.50
2.30
3.10
3.00
1.30
8.40
3.00
2.30
2.70
1.30
3.40
1.60
3.2
2.39
1.93
1.51
3.84
2.66
1.33
3.4
2.12
2.86
2.3
1.16
8.15
3.55
3.02
2.29
1.79
1.91
4.23
8.34
2.08
3.26
1.56
3.57
3.87
4.07
13.45
2.58
4.32
13.87
11.53
2.78
6.44
16.74
7.04
5.54
5.81
3.23
6.9
7.22
14.35
6.38
10.27
12.07
11.65
11.57
5.06
6.00
7.30
7.07
5.29
2.48
4.92
9.42
10.97
4.59
7.77
Jul
3.72
4.88
3.47
3.33
3.00
3.12
7.36
2.55
2.13
3.01
3.39
4.17
2.02
3.97
Aug
Sep
2.90
2.81
2.43
2.94
2.68
1.59
2.88
2.98
1.68
2.10
2.41
2.71
2.02
3.48
Oct
3.61
2.98
7.69
3.60
2.33
3.19
4.48
4.22
3.11
1.90
3.85
2.31
1.28
4.36
Nov
6.17
3.79
11.13
5.42
2.97
6.05
5.76
4.88
6.59
2.06
2.8
3.11
2.31
5.78
3.04
4.21
8.68
6.07
2.89
6.26
3.23
3.40
7.75
2.09
2.93
2.63
1.70
5.54
Dec
Annual
4.88
2.31
4.56
3.85
1.78
6.56
1.59
2.42
4.88
2.01
3.08
2.19
1.47
3.63
5.30
4.55
5.00
4.29
4.63
3.94
5.12
3.36
3.59
3.11
3.62
5.84
4.89
As presented in the previous table, the daily mean flow of the Higüero’s Jagua Station is
of 4,89 m3/sec increasing the average value in approximately a 50% of the value
obtained by HARZA in 1985 (Qm Jagua=2.4); this increase is widely discussed in the
Hydrologic Revision Hydroelectric Project Las Placetas Study - Closing report (Dic.
2007).
The Aguas Calientes’ Bao Station data is next displayed, and although suspended at the
moment, it shows the same distribution pattern during the year that the Sabaneta and
Los Lemons stations. A maximum peak in May and a secondary one in October with
average values of 14,94 of 18,37 and m3/sec respectively.
Table 4.41: Daily Mean Flow Observed in Agua Caliente’s Bao Station (suspended)
Year
1979
1980
1981
1982
1983
1984
1985
1986
1987
Average
Jan
6.67
6.85
5.95
4.17
5.76
5.54
3.14
5.44
Feb
4.05
6.36
5.83
4.05
6.29
4.22
4.97
3.18
4.87
COR-01-EI-004-07
Mar
6.42
6.34
4.14
3.24
4.19
5.97
4.41
2.82
4.69
Apr
May
14.98
10.9
9.56
4.27
2.95
4.46
7.75
14.32
3.52
30.59
16.27
34.64
13.82
9.2
8.01
16.84
21.23
14.76
8.08
18.37
Jun
25.69
12.42
18.65
21.18
13.85
22.25
10.63
13.74
15.15
17.06
Jul
Aug
Sep
Oct
5.9
20.95
9.25
10.01
7.05
8.57
7.29
5.49
13.14
11.94
6.81
8.18
7.83
6.63
7.75
4.45
16.9
9.17
7.6
8.83
18.74
8.82
6.34
11.8
20
16.38
10.18
9.66
22.21
11.99
5.45
23.65
9.31
8.34
11.03
14.94
Nov
11.29
16.16
6.78
8.7
15.29
17.84
4.86
11.56
Dec
9.77
8.21
6.38
5.28
6.95
7.42
3.75
6.82
Page 110
Annual
13.75
8.59
7.49
10.62
9.37
8.30
10.04
20
18
Caudal Medio Mensual m3/s
16
14
12
10
8
6
4
2
0
Ene
Feb
Mar
Abr
May
Jun
Tiempo (meses)
Bao e Aagua Caliente
Jul
Agos
Sept
Bao en Sabaneta
Oct
Nov
Dic
Jagua en Higuero
Figure 4.34: Seasonal Development Daily Mean Flow for the Measuring Points
The volume measurement stations display in their averages a regime of run-off of
bimodal type with two peaks per year, one larger (main) peak in the month of May and
one minor (secondary) in October, maintaining the same pattern of rain, logical situation
since the run-off is an answer from the river basin to precipitations. The monthly
average values do not represent the real range of the volumes since in the rivers with
torrential regime as those of the study zone, the channels answers are instantaneous
producing the Flash Floods (of great volume peaks) since the river basin lacks cushion
capacity for great volume peaks of great given magnitude due to the small basins and
the high slopes of the channels and mountains.
The distribution of the mean flows throughout period 1980-1997 presents values with
monthly peak in the order of 37 m3/sec during the month of May of 1981 and a mid
daily peak for this rise of 170 m3/sec.
COR-01-EI-004-07
Page 111
45
40
35
Caudal (m3/s)
30
25
20
15
10
5
19
8
0
19
80
19
80
19
80
19
81
19
81
19
81
19
81
19
82
19
82
19
82
19
82
19
83
19
83
19
83
19
83
19
84
19
84
19
84
19
84
19
85
19
85
19
85
19
85
19
86
19
86
19
86
19
86
19
87
19
87
19
87
19
87
0
Tiempo (Meses)
Bao ACalientes
Bao Sabaneta
Jagua Higuero
Source: Estudio Hidrológico Hidroeléctrica Las Placetas, EDH 2007
Figure 4.35: Monthly Mean Flow Comparison
The volume flow analysis for the reservoir sites was performed by Consultora EDH
Estudios y Diseños en Ingenieria Hidráulica S.A. by President Engineer Eldon García,
using a recalibration of the hydrologic model simulation HSPF used in previous studies,
with the objective to improve the knowledge of the rain-runoff occurrence of the
watershed in study and generate a new basin volume series. The summary of this sudy
is presented as follows:
Bao River. The mean daily flow obtained for Bao River in the Sabaneta reservoir (267.38
km2) is 7.50 m3/sec, of 8.28 m3/sec in the Sabaneta Hydrometric station and 10.75 m3/s
in the Aguas Calientes Hydrometric station. The equalized flow or overflowed 90% of
the time (Q90%) for Bao River in the reservoirs site is 3.33 m3/sec. Figure 4.36 is the
daily mean flow duration curve for the reservoir site.
COR-01-EI-004-07
Page 112
Caudal (m3/s)
Río Bao en Sitio Presa 08/1960-12/2004
60.0
57.5
55.0
52.5
50.0
47.5
45.0
42.5
40.0
37.5
35.0
32.5
30.0
27.5
25.0
22.5
20.0
17.5
15.0
12.5
10.0
7.5
5.0
2.5
0.0
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
55
60
65
70
75
80
85
90
95
100
% Tiempo (Q>=q)
Source: Estudio Hidrológico Hidroeléctrica Las Placetas, EDH, 2007
Figure 4.36: Flow Duration Curve for Bao River
Jagua River. The mean daily flow obtained for Jagua River in los Limones reservoir
(145.39 km2) resulted in 2.68 m3/sec and 4.52 m3/s for El Higüero Station. Los Limones
value increases in 0.31 m3/sec respect to the value defined in the CDE Report 1985, of
2.35 m3/s. The equalized flow or over flow 90 % of the time (Q90%) for río Jagua in Los
Limones is 1.09 m3/s. Figura 4.39 contiens the flow duration curve for Los Limones.
Río Jagua en Los Limones 08/1960-12/2004
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
Caudal (m3/s)
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
55
60
65
70
75
80
85
90
95
100
% Tiempo (Q>=q)
Source: Estudio Hidrológico Hidroeléctrica Las Placetas, EDH, 2007
Figure 4.37: Flow Duration Curve Río Jagua in Los Limones
The durations flow table for all Bao basin sites adding the Bao recreational spa, the Bao
and the Jagua River is presented in Table 4.42.
COR-01-EI-004-07
Page 113
Table 4.42: Flow Duration Table for Reservoirs and Recreacional Spas Sites
Rio Jagua
Río Bao
Los Limones
El Higuero
Sitio Presa
Sabaneta (Estación)
Aguas Calientes
Balneario
Bao
(m3/s) Cantidad % Tiempo Cantidad % Tiempo Cantidad % Tiempo Cantidad % Tiempo Cantidad % Tiempo Cantidad % Tiempo Cantidad % Tiempo
0.10
16223
100.00
16223
100.00
16223
100.00
16223
100.00
16223
100.00
16223
100.00
16223
100.00
0.30
16223
100.00
16223
100.00
16223
100.00
16223
100.00
16223
100.00
16223
100.00
16223
100.00
0.50
16223
100.00
16223
100.00
16223
100.00
16223
100.00
16223
100.00
16223
100.00
16223
100.00
0.70
16154
99.57
16223
100.00
16223
100.00
16223
100.00
16223
100.00
16223
100.00
16223
100.00
0.90
15703
96.79
16223
100.00
16223
100.00
16223
100.00
16223
100.00
16223
100.00
16223
100.00
1.20
14014
86.38
16175
99.70
16223
100.00
16223
100.00
16223
100.00
16223
100.00
16223
100.00
1.40
12374
76.27
16040
98.87
16223
100.00
16223
100.00
16223
100.00
16223
100.00
16223
100.00
1.60
10507
64.77
15651
96.47
16221
99.99
16223
100.00
16223
100.00
16223
100.00
16223
100.00
1.80
9068
55.90
15031
92.65
16209
99.91
16215
99.95
16223
100.00
16223
100.00
16223
100.00
2.00
7632
47.04
14270
87.96
16157
99.59
16199
99.85
16222
99.99
16223
100.00
16223
100.00
2.50
5024
30.97
11523
71.03
15850
97.70
16018
98.74
16174
99.70
16203
99.88
16203
99.88
3.00
3697
22.79
9146
56.38
15210
93.76
15545
95.82
16029
98.80
16126
99.40
16131
99.43
4.00
2289
14.11
5509
33.96
13358
82.34
13999
86.29
15208
93.74
15575
96.01
15587
96.08
4.50
1893
11.67
4479
27.61
12283
75.71
13143
81.01
14561
89.76
15097
93.06
15113
93.16
5.00
1613
9.94
3783
23.32
11114
68.51
12108
74.63
13975
86.14
14518
89.49
14537
89.61
5.50
1363
8.40
3282
20.23
9858
60.77
11021
67.93
13390
82.54
13998
86.28
14032
86.49
6.00
1181
7.28
2876
17.73
8779
54.11
9862
60.79
12660
78.04
13482
83.10
13512
83.29
6.50
1005
6.19
2528
15.58
7812
48.15
8882
54.75
11834
72.95
12880
79.39
12914
79.60
7.00
866
5.34
2241
13.81
6877
42.39
7981
49.20
10931
67.38
12182
75.09
12232
75.40
7.50
751
4.63
2000
12.33
6054
37.32
7160
44.13
10023
61.78
11358
70.01
11430
70.46
8.00
645
3.98
1802
11.11
5333
32.87
6356
39.18
9242
56.97
10533
64.93
10592
65.29
8.50
557
3.43
1624
10.01
4734
29.18
5674
34.98
8497
52.38
9781
60.29
9837
60.64
9.00
488
3.01
1453
8.96
4186
25.80
5057
31.17
7797
48.06
9063
55.87
9123
56.23
9.50
427
2.63
1291
7.96
3709
22.86
4543
28.00
7183
44.28
8423
51.92
8478
52.26
10.00
374
2.31
1159
7.14
3306
20.38
4098
25.26
6565
40.47
7797
48.06
7866
48.49
11.00
289
1.78
949
5.85
2679
16.51
3315
20.43
5517
34.01
6686
41.21
6738
41.53
12.00
232
1.43
802
4.94
2205
13.59
2765
17.04
4642
28.61
5745
35.41
5796
35.73
13.00
186
1.15
658
4.06
1824
11.24
2289
14.11
3965
24.44
4901
30.21
4944
30.48
14.00
154
0.95
544
3.35
1548
9.54
1932
11.91
3440
21.20
4217
25.99
4258
26.25
15.00
127
0.78
467
2.88
1301
8.02
1654
10.20
2952
18.20
3705
22.84
3744
23.08
16.00
104
0.64
395
2.43
1100
6.78
1414
8.72
2584
15.93
3260
20.09
3286
20.26
17.00
92
0.57
326
2.01
939
5.79
1215
7.49
2257
13.91
2872
17.70
2899
17.87
18.00
78
0.48
272
1.68
794
4.89
1048
6.46
1971
12.15
2525
15.56
2552
15.73
19.00
73
0.45
244
1.50
677
4.17
914
5.63
1731
10.67
2262
13.94
2286
14.09
20.00
61
0.38
211
1.30
593
3.66
795
4.90
1542
9.51
2013
12.41
2039
12.57
21.00
56
0.35
181
1.12
524
3.23
684
4.22
1387
8.55
1779
10.97
1806
11.13
22.00
49
0.30
155
0.96
455
2.80
607
3.74
1241
7.65
1604
9.89
1625
10.02
23 00
43
0 27
131
0 81
387
2 39
538
3 32
1099
6 77
1452
8 95
1471
9 07
Caudal
24.00
25.00
26.00
27.00
28.00
29.00
30.00
32.00
34.00
36.00
38.00
40.00
42.00
44.00
46.00
48.00
50.00
55.00
60.00
65.00
70.00
75.00
80.00
85.00
90.00
95.00
100.00
120.00
140.00
160.00
180.00
200.00
250.00
300.00
350.00
400.00
500.00
38
35
33
27
23
19
19
16
13
12
10
10
7
5
3
3
2
2
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0.23
0.22
0.20
0.17
0.14
0.12
0.12
0.10
0.08
0.07
0.06
0.06
0.04
0.03
0.02
0.02
0.01
0.01
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
116
106
95
80
73
65
62
53
43
35
34
30
27
21
19
16
12
9
6
4
3
2
2
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0.72
0.65
0.59
0.49
0.45
0.40
0.38
0.33
0.27
0.22
0.21
0.18
0.17
0.13
0.12
0.10
0.07
0.06
0.04
0.02
0.02
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
353
322
284
257
218
192
172
141
113
100
86
75
63
57
53
42
37
27
18
15
13
10
9
8
7
5
4
3
3
3
3
1
0
0
0
0
0
2.18
1.98
1.75
1.58
1.34
1.18
1.06
0.87
0.70
0.62
0.53
0.46
0.39
0.35
0.33
0.26
0.23
0.17
0.11
0.09
0.08
0.06
0.06
0.05
0.04
0.03
0.02
0.02
0.02
0.02
0.02
0.01
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
474
421
368
335
303
284
257
206
162
130
115
99
87
76
70
59
53
38
29
18
16
15
11
10
10
9
7
4
3
3
3
3
0
0
0
0
0
2.92
2.60
2.27
2.06
1.87
1.75
1.58
1.27
1.00
0.80
0.71
0.61
0.54
0.47
0.43
0.36
0.33
0.23
0.18
0.11
0.10
0.09
0.07
0.06
0.06
0.06
0.04
0.02
0.02
0.02
0.02
0.02
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
1003
911
826
742
671
621
563
468
390
346
308
250
211
191
164
144
115
88
72
53
39
32
26
22
18
17
13
9
4
4
3
3
2
1
1
0
0
6.18
5.62
5.09
4.57
4.14
3.83
3.47
2.88
2.40
2.13
1.90
1.54
1.30
1.18
1.01
0.89
0.71
0.54
0.44
0.33
0.24
0.20
0.16
0.14
0.11
0.10
0.08
0.06
0.02
0.02
0.02
0.02
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.00
0.00
1318
1196
1080
987
903
827
759
639
552
480
415
359
307
275
244
206
193
137
101
77
60
50
41
34
29
23
16
10
5
4
4
4
2
1
1
1
0
8.12
7.37
6.66
6.08
5.57
5.10
4.68
3.94
3.40
2.96
2.56
2.21
1.89
1.70
1.50
1.27
1.19
0.84
0.62
0.47
0.37
0.31
0.25
0.21
0.18
0.14
0.10
0.06
0.03
0.02
0.02
0.02
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.00
1329
1206
1096
997
915
838
772
646
560
483
425
361
309
278
248
214
197
142
104
77
61
51
42
35
28
24
16
11
5
4
4
4
2
1
1
1
0
8.19
7.43
6.76
6.15
5.64
5.17
4.76
3.98
3.45
2.98
2.62
2.23
1.90
1.71
1.53
1.32
1.21
0.88
0.64
0.47
0.38
0.31
0.26
0.22
0.17
0.15
0.10
0.07
0.03
0.02
0.02
0.02
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.00
Source: Estudio Hidrológico Hidroeléctrica Las Placetas, EDH 2007
COR-01-EI-004-07
Page 114
4.3.3
Modified Regime Zone Project Influence
The present regime of the rivers Bao and Jagua has been analyzed for both sites of
reservoir, the four spas located in the sections of both rivers affected by the operation of
the project, in particular relative to the waters impoundment and the operation of the
dam Los Limones to address the demands of the power station, the ecological volume
needed for the maintenance of the ecosystems of the affected sections and the outfall
point of turbinated waters on the Bao River
This analysis concentrates in the determination of volumes changes before and after the
project. The present regime for each site is described in the previous paragraph of Mean
Volumes. In order to determine the influence of works on the Rivers Bao and Jagua from
the hydrologic point of view the total area can be divided in three zones shown as
follows:
Reservoir Zones:

Embalse de Sabaneta;

Embalse de Los Limones.
Rerouting River Zones:

Río Bao Section: From Embalse de Sabaneta to the Machine house outfall in the
restitution point (downstream Bridge Road Jánico-Juncalito);

Río Jagua Section: Fom Embalse Los Limones to the confluence with Bao River.
Machine House Turbinated water discharge El Higüero to Río Bao Zone: This zone
Includes the turbinated flow restitution point over Bao river.
4.3.3.1
Tributaries Flow Calculus
In the sections above defined the tributaries to the Bao River and Jagua Bao River were
identified and their contributions for the most important were estimated using the rain
run-off method, by empirical formulas and areas differences for the river basins without
data.
COR-01-EI-004-07
Page 115
Table 4.43: Caudales Medios Estimados de los Tributarios del Río Jagua del Tramo Afectado
Area
(km²)
Basin
Jan
Feb
Mar
Apr
85.46
2.14
1.97
1.89
2.7
Arroyo Gurabo
30.73
0.72
0.66
0.64
Rio Baiguaque
72.28
1.58
1.46
Rio Guanajuma
126.1
2.76
2.54
Jagua en
Limones
Los
May
Jun
Jul
6.43
4.86
2.49
0.91
2.17
1.64
1.4
2
4.76
2.44
3.49
8.3
Aug
Sept
Oct
Nov
Dec
Year
2.19
2.73
3.62
3.47
2.21
3.1
0.84
0.74
0.92
1.22
1.17
0.75
1.0
3.6
1.84
1.62
2.02
2.68
2.57
1.64
2.3
6.28
3.21
2.82
3.52
4.67
4.47
2.85
3.9
Source: Descripción del Ambiente Físico-Natural y Socioeconómico del Proyecto Las Placetas. Abril 2006
Table 4.44: Caudales Medios Estimados de los Tributarios del Río Bao del Tramo Afectado
Basin
Rio Baito
Area
(km²)
Jan
Feb
Mar
Apr
May
Jun
Jul
Aug
Sept
Oct
Nov
Dec
Year
27.06
0.47
0.45
0.4
0.47
1.03
1.03
0.68
0.58
0.77
0.99
0.81
0.54
0.7
Rio La Guacara
91.11
1.63
1.56
1.39
1.63
3.59
3.57
2.38
2.01
2.68
3.42
2.81
1.87
2.4
Rio Los Negros
Chiquito
46.31
0.85
0.82
0.73
0.85
1.88
1.87
1.25
1.06
1.41
1.79
1.47
0.98
1.2
Rio Antonsape
Bueno
15.33
0.31
0.29
0.26
0.31
0.68
0.68
0.45
0.38
0.51
0.65
0.53
0.35
0.5
Rio Jamamu
38.51
0.73
0.7
0.62
0.73
1.61
1.6
1.07
0.9
1.2
1.54
1.26
0.84
Source: Descripción del Ambiente Físico-Natural y Socioeconómico del Proyecto Las Placetas. Abril 2006
Figures number 4.38 y 4.39 show the tributaries for this section and the distance from the
Sabaneta reservoir site downstream and to Los Limones reservoir. (see Map Annex).
COR-01-EI-004-07
Page 116
1.1
Figure 4.38: Bao River Tributaries Network
Figure 4.39: Jagua River Tributaries Network
4.3.3.2 Spas Flow Calculations (Original Report issues by EDH, S.A.)
The consulting firm Estudios y Diseños en Ingenieria Hidráulica, S.A. (EDH, S.A.)
completed an estimation of the streams that will flow to the four Spas located on the
COR-01-EI-004-07
Page 117
main streams, downstream of the uptake sites, once the Las Placetas Hydroelectric
Project starts operation. Following are the preliminary results of the simulated operation
of the two water intakes planned on the Bao River in Sabaneta Jagua River in Los
Limones.

Metodology
Natural Flow. The series of natural daily streams was obtained from the study “Revisión
Hidrológica Project Hidroeléctrico Las Placetas” (Hydrological Revision, Las Placetas
Hydroelectric Project) completed by Estudios y Diseños en Ingenieria Hidráulica,
S.A.(EDH,S.A.), and issued in December 2007. The period of the streams is August 1960
- December 2004.
Rerouting of Bao River. From the Bao river there will be a rerouting of water to the
reservoir of Jagua River in Los Limones, through a tunnel with a maximum capacity of
16.00 m3/s. This rerouting will be subject to the following restrictions:


Provide an ecological flow of 0.75 m³/s, equivalent to 10% of the annual mean flow
obtained in the revision study.
Contribute in its entirety the flow contributions by Anton Sape Bueno creek, that
flows into Bao River immediatly upstream of the dam site selected alter the
alternatives study was completed. (This assumption is implicit in the streams
calculated in the study, since the assumed dam site was located upstream of the
confluence of Bao-Anton Sape Bueno).
Hence, the flow stream to the site of the dam in the study is reduce in the ecological flow
(0.75 + Q Anton Sape Bueno) and the risk is assume derived into the Jagua reservoir, up
to 95% of 16.00 m3/s, equivalent to 15.00 m3/s. Los caudales por encima de este último
valor se consideran vertidos.
Modified Flow in Bao Spas. In the hydraulic revisiopn study the average daily steams
were measured in three sites on the Boa River that are currently used as Spas:



Bao in Sabaneta (hydrometric station);
Bao in Aguas Calientes;
Bao in Spa Bao (Jánico).
The matematical formula for the calculations of the streams modified by the operation
was obtained as follows:
Q modified = Q natural – Q dam + Q discharges,
where
Q modified = effluent flow after start of operation;
Q natural = natural flow effluent to the Spa;
COR-01-EI-004-07
Page 118
Q dam = natural flow effluent to the dam;
Q discharge = flow discharged downstream of the dam (ecological + Antonsape Bueno
creek + spill)
Rerouting of Jagua River. In the case of Jagua River, the effluent flow to the Los
Limones reservoir was obtained as the natural contributed by the Jagua River to Los
Limones, plus the contribution from Bao.
These streams reach a reservoir with a useful capacity of 14 x 10 6 m3, from where it is
discharged to the hydraelectric plant of Las Placetas, subjet to the following restrictions:

Provide ecological flow of 0.24 m³/s, equivalent to 10% of annual mean flow
obtained in the revision study.

Reroute to the Las Placetas hydroelectric plant according to the following rule:
Reservoir Volumen
Millions m3
Derived Flow
m3/s
>2
>2<8
>8<13
>13
4
7
14
Modified Flow in Jagua Spa. In the hydrological revision study, the average daily
streams were calculated for the site of Jagua River in the Higüero that currently is used
as a Spa. For the modified flow calculation, a similar approach to Bao was used.
Q modified = Q natural – Q dam + Q discharges,
where
Q modified = effluent flow after start of operation;
Q natural = natural flow effluent to the Spa;
Q dam = natural flow effluent to the dam;
Q discharge = flow discharged downstream of the dam (ecological + spill)
Results. The results were obtained as a series of flow daily averages flowing into every
Spa site for the period of 08/1960-12/2004. In addition, average daily flow duration
curves for the series of natural streams and for modified streams have been obtained.
The following table summarizes the results:
Table 4.45: Current and Modified Average Flows for the Different Spas
Periods
Bao River in
Sabaneta (Station)
COR-01-EI-004-07
Bao River in
Aguas Calientes
Bao in Spas
(Janico)
Jagua in the
Higuero
Page 119
Natural
Modif
Natural
Modifi
Natural
Modific
Natural
Modific
08-1960-12-1974
7.82
1.82
10.18
4.18
11.61
5.61
4.61
2.71
01-1975-12-1989
8.32
1.97
10.57
4.21
11.92
5.56
5.09
3.17
01-1990-12-2004
8.76
2.37
11.58
5.19
13.28
6.89
4.51
2.77
08-1960-12-1974
8.04
2.05
10.79
4.53
12.28
6.03
4.74
2.89
Source: “Revisión Hidrológica Project Hidroeléctrico Las Placetas”, Estudios y Diseños en Ingenieria Hidráulica, S.A. (EDH, S.A.), Diciembre 2007
4.3.3.3 Ecological Flow
Make compatible the use of water for energy production and the use for Spas,
recreation, maintaining the estethic and landscpaing characteristics of the pluvial media
and the proper operation of it are part of the calculation wrok of the Ecological Flow of
the Project.
Proposing an ecological flow downstream of Sabaneta Dam and and Los Limones,
enough for ecological maintenance pluviales sections of Jagua and y Bao rivers, is one of
the requirements of all impact study, since it is required by Law No. 64-00 of
Environment Protection.
In the current case, the availability of water for the seasonal period or drought bases in
the data of flows observed from the Bao River in Sabaneta y Jagua River in Los Limones
will be evaluated, as well as the series of 99 years of data generated by Hydrocomp in
1979 for the site mentioned previously.
The calculations method used in this report for the eclological streams is the Tennant
Method, which consists of a desktop method, although some field information also is
used to relate the eclological stremas with the piscicolas populations, the wild fauna,
recreational activities and other environmental resources.
This method uses 10% of the annual mean flow as survival flow. This is classified as a
hydrological method, since its application consists of the calculation of foxed
perecentages of the annual mean flow, which basically is hydrological method because it
is based on the relation between the flow and other hydrological variables (depth,
velocity and width).
A preliminary inventory of tributary gorges and creeks flowing to the Bao River from
the dam site in Sabaneta to the end of the Taveras Reservoir (site of restitution of
streams) and the Jagua River to the end of Bao Reservoir to determine theoretically and
by historical investigation the which are the contributions of these trobutaries.
COR-01-EI-004-07
Page 120
From the Hydrocomp 1978, 1979 and 1980 reports; the SINOTECH report, 1982;
HARZA, LAS PLACETAS PROJEC I~III, 1985; INTECSA-JORGE MUSTONEN, The
Manabao-Bejucal-Tavera Project EIA, Vol 2, 2001 and the Basdeline of the Las Placetas
Project, 2006; the flow data was selected from the tributaries and streams to be regulated
and this data was used to evaluate and calcutae the ecological streams. Analysing the
data for:
a) Average Conticio;
b) Critical Periods;
c) Hydraulic balance of the watershed Downstream of the dam sites.
The teorethical flows required for an eclological flow study are the water demands,
(consumption and non-consumption) downtream of the study site. Following is a list of
water demands or flows that, in general, have to be considered for the ecological flow
estimation.

Downtream Demand:
Q Aestethic and landscaping characteristics (Applies)
Q Habitat Maintenance (Applies)
Q Risk (N/A)
Q Potable Water (N/A)
Q Recreational (Spas) (Applies)
Q Stream Stabilization (A)
Q Solids Transport (N/A)
Q Aquifer Recharge (N/A)
Q Dilution (charge capacity) (A)
The requeriments to estbaliz an ecological flow in the Boa site at Sabanetas and Jagua at
Los Limones were mentioned above, this is: Q Aestethic and landscaping characteristics,
Q Recreational (Spas), Q Dilution (charge capacity) and Q Habitats. The other
requirements were not considered because of the geomorphological and biological
conditions of the riverbed downstream.
(Herrera, 2006) reports that the “local fish population has been suffering several
impacts”. One of the main impacts on the dam sites and downstream of these was
Hurricane David in 1979. The locals reported that before this event there was
abundance of fish species, especially Mountain Mullet (Dajao). In the Harza Factibilty
study (Harza , 1985, appendix D, pg. 24) it says that the force of the currents (torrencial
rivers) and the rocky substrates of the riverbeds notably affect the aquatic environments,
making the productivity of the rivers to be poor because of the scarcity of nutrients, that
independently from the influence of the currents, it offers poor opportunity for aquatic
COR-01-EI-004-07
Page 121
plants to grow. The same factors have influenced the aquatic fauna. From the fauna,
insect larva were observed, which increments their numbers in the backwaters.

Bao River in Sabaneta (area: 270 km2)
The dam site in Sabaneta was located 2.3 km upstream of the confluence with Antón
Sape Bueno (in the current project it is estimated that the dam site will be approximately
200 mts upstream of the confluence with Antón Sape Bueno creek). The watershed area
in the first scenario is 270 km2 and the second scenario is 296 km2. There is a series of 30
years of data of flows generated (61- al 90), which includes the most critical drought
period; this period includes the minimum mean annual flow (2.88 m3/seg ) from year 70
and the minimum mean monthly flow (0.83 M3/seg). In the observed data for Bao in
Aguas Caliente there is an absolute minimum flow of 3.29 m3/seg in the month of April
1983.

Jagua River in Los Limones (aárea: 85 km2)
Six small tributaries enter the next 6 km with flows of 0.1 m³/s to the entrance of the
Gurabo creek that contributes 0.6 m³/s to the Jagua River. In el Jagua River in the
Higuero a minimum flow of 1.5 m3/seg was observe don Marcho of 1984.
Althought the dam site of the selected alternative is downstream of the confluence, the
Sabaneta Reservoir will be constructed with a device to ensure the minuimum ecologicla
flow flow of 0.75 m3/s plus the total influent flow from Antón Sape Bueno and the 0.24
m3/s from the Sabaneta Dam.
COR-01-EI-004-07
Page 122
Table 4.46: Resultant Minimum Ecological Flow
Watershed
Sabaneta Dam
Los Limones Dam
Area in
Km2
Specific Flow
Mean Annual
Flow (m3/s)
271
79
0.031
0.0305
7.50
2.41
*Minimum Ecological Flow Flow
(10% of mean annual flowv in
m3/s)
0.75
0.24
4.3.3.4 Maximum and Minimum Flows (Original Report completed by EDH, S.A.)
The maximum annual flows evaluation was part of the “Revisión Hidrológica del
Project Hidroeléctrico Las Placetas” (Las Placetas Project Hydrological Revision), Dec.
2007 study mencioned before. As part of the Environmental Impact Assessment, a
summary of the results with the most relevant information will be included.

Metodology: With the maximum average monthly and annual flows data registered
by the stations in Bao at Sabaneta, Aguas Calientes and Bao, and from Jagua River in
the Higüero taken by INDRHI.
The maximum annual flows in the points of interest were taken for the period of 44
years, 1961-2004, and the time of return has been calculated using the Weibull empirical
distribution (details in Table 4.47).
COR-01-EI-004-07
Page 123
Table 4.47: Maximum Annual Flows Observad on Bao and Jagua Rivers
Table 4.48: Maximum Flows Registered on Bao in Aguas Calientes and Jagua in the Higuero
BAO IN AGUAS CALIENTES
Date
Q (m3/s)
08/06/80
41.82
05/23/81
46.04
06/08/82
75.90
06/13/83
58.62
09/19/84
55.68
JAGUA IN THE HIGUERO
Date
Q (m3/s)
08/09/80
27.13
22/05/81
162.74
12/06/82
49.79
13/06/83
56.62
23/09/84
29.26
The previous table shows that the maximum flow for this period in the hydrometric
station of Bao River in Aguas Calientes is 75.90 m³/s on 06/08/82 and 162.74 m³/s on
05/22/81 for the Jagua River in the Higüero; the simulated flows fir these years are 92.15
and 298.25 m³/s, respectively as shown in the following table. With the application of
the model, maximum annual flows in the points of interest were obtained for the period
of 44 years, 1961-2004. The flows are detailed in Table 4.48 to which the time of return
have been calculated using the Weibull empirtical distribution and have been placed in
descending order.
COR-01-EI-004-07
Page 124
The evaluation of the maximum annual flows required the revision of hourly rain
intensities registered in Mata Grande and Manabao. Finally, the flows obtained by
substracting the daily rain from the hourly rain from patterns in stations were accepted
as representative. The maximum annuasl flow with return period of 25 years, adjusted
to the log-Pearson III distribution, QTr25, is 751.90 m3/s for the Bao River in the dam
site and 296.69 m3/s for the Jagua River in Los Limones.
The PMP was assumed as the one recommended by JLH Paulhus for the watershed of
the Tavera-Bao project. It was use the hurricane model with East-West trayectory
determine the temporal-space distribution of rain. In the case of Bao River in the dam
site the values of PMP obtained from the model were adjusted so that the depth-areaduration curves coincide with the JLH Paulhus curve.
The maximum probable precipitation o the watershed to the dam site of Bao River
(segments 41 and 42) for a 48 hours duration, adjusted to the JLH Paulhus depth-areaduration curves is 954.4 mm, with maximum intensity of 116.5 mm in hour 27, for
segment 41. For Jagua River watershed in Los Limones (segment 51) the total is 1021.4
mm, with a maximum intensity of 155.0 mm in hour 28. The peak of the probable
maximum flow in the Sabaneta dam site is 4,703 m3/s, with a volume in 96 hours of
148.777 MMC. The Jagua in Los Limones corresponding values are 2,497.60 m3/s and
55.965 MMC.
The hourly rain logs were revised in detail using a calculations program written for this
purpsoe; the maximum annual hourly rains from the four (4) rain stations used were
determined, extending to the period of 1961-2004. Table 4.49 summarizes the results,
including the date (year, month, day and hour) in which the hourly rain of maximum
annual intensity occured, calculated based on the logs received by INDRHI. The
indicated return period corrresponds to the Weibull empirical distribution.
Table 4.49: Comparison of Maximu Annual Flows Bao Wiver in Sabaneta (m3/s)
Tr (años)
5
10
25
Hydrocomp
1978
180
210
300
Original EDH I.
1961-1986
1961-2004
301
405
484
658
830
1128
Reduced EDH I.
1961-1986
1961-2004
211
253
359
418
679
752
As shown in Table 4.49, the maximum annual flows adjusted to the log-Pearson III
distribution, reduced intensity series, although superior, are closer to the ones obtained
by the original intensity, especially in the período1961-1986. In this report, the peak
inflow to the Bao Dam (923 km2) was estimated and Tr = 30 years, in 460 m3/s.

Minimum Flows
COR-01-EI-004-07
Page 125
The two dams in this project affect the volumes of water in the lower sections of the
structures. At the time of the feasibility study the flow data was 7.5 m³/s, with a
minimum flow of 0.4 m³/s; the effect of the flow reduction caused by the rerouting of
Boa River in Sabaneta to Jagua River in Las Placetas is compensated from the influent
flows from Antón Sape Bueno creek, which has a seasonal flow of 0.2 m³/s. These flows
do not generate runoff on the riverbed, but certain inflows downstream of nine
additional tributaries contribute a flow of 0.6 m³/s, plus the flow from Jamamú (dry
station flow of 0.5 m³/s).
Q average Bao in Sabaneta
Q min Bao in Sabaneta
Q min Antón Sape Bueno
Q tributaries (10 Km desde presa) 9 tributaries
Q min Jamamu
7.5 m3/sec
0.4 m3/sec
0.2 m3/sec
0.6 m3/sec
0.5 m3/sec
Source: HARZA Estudio de Factibilidad Volumen III (Factibility Study Volume III)
Jagua River has a flow of 2.4 m³/s on the dam site and a flow of 0.3 m³/s downstream.
A minimum flow of 1.5 m3/sec was observed on marzo 1984 in Jagua River in the
Higuero.
Q average Jagua
Q min Jagua
Q tributary (6 tribuitaries) 6 km
Q min A. Gurabo

2.4 m3/sec
0.3 m3/sec
0.1 m3/sec
0.6 m3/sec
Water Quality
In this section we present a clasification of the surface water quality of the different
sources located around the project sections, having previously completed a sampling
program of four points.
COR-01-EI-004-07
Page 126
Table 4.50: Measurement of Electrical Conductivity (EC), pH and Total Dissolved Solids (TDS)
Fuente
Bao River
Jagua River
Antón Sape
Bueno River
Arenoso Creek
Sampling Point
Sabaneta
Los Limones
Base Level
EC (μsiem/cm)
60
80
50
pH
6.6
6.9
7.0
TDS (ppm)
40
40
40
Base Level
160
6.6
70
Source: Estudio de Línea Base Project Hidroeléctrico Las Placetas (2006)
To maintain an effective monitoring the selected points will be the same as the ones used
for the baseline. These points have been sampled by INDRHI since 1989.

Analysis of the new information collected
For this work, samples taken from the discharge points in Bao River and Jagua River on
the Higüero were analyzed. Both samples were taken the 25th of June, 2008 and were
analyzed in the Instituto National de Aguas Potables y Alcantarillados (INAPA)
laboratory, on June 26, 2008.
The samples physical-chemical results from the INAPA laboratory are shown in the
table below:
Table 4.51: Water Sample Analyses Laboratory Results
SOURCE
STATION
SAMPLING DATE
ANALYSIS DATE
TurbidIty
Color
pH
Conductivity
Dissolved Solids
CO2
Calcium (Ca)
Magnesium (Mg)
Iron (Fe)
Sodium (Na)
Carbonates (CO3)
Bicarbonates (HCO3)
Sulfates (SO4)
Chlorides (Cl)
Fluorides (F)
Total Hardness (CaCO3)
Total Alcalinity
Bao River
Discharge Site
06/25/2008
06/26/2008
2.5 ntu
7.0 udc
8.0
95.0 µs/cm
61.0 ppm
1.0 ppm
30.0 ppm
16.0 ppm
0.0
7.0 ppm
1.0 ppm
51.0 ppm
0.0
7.0 ppm
0.4 ppm
46.0 ppm
52.0 ppm
Jánico River
The Higüero
06/25/2008
06/26/2008
3.98 ntu
8.0 udc
8.0
111.0 µs/cm
77.0 ppm
1.0 ppm
30.0 ppm
23.0 ppm
0.0
13.0 ppm
1.0 ppm
68.0 ppm
0.0
9.0 ppm
0.5 ppm
53.0 ppm
69.0 ppm
In each of the samples from the two sources the result for the sulfate ion is zero. The
classification of these are presented as a means of orientation, starting with the analyses
COR-01-EI-004-07
Page 127
of the modified Stiff and Piper diagrams: the results obtained in these diagrams indicate
that the waters from the two sources, for the dates showns, respond to the type of
calcium and magnesium bicarbonates (see Piper y modified Stiff diagrams in Water
Quality Appendix).
It is important to clarify that a laboratory analysis of this type is not enough to classify
the waters, since the pysical-chemical parameters sufer significant alterations due of
several factors.
The dominant presence dominante of calcium, magnesium and bicarbonate ions in these
samples is related with the dilution of limestone rocks and the concentration of the
rainwater. The absence of the sulfate ion sulfato could be related to the precipitation of
such as calcium sulfate.
As shown in the Wilcox diagram (annexed), the waters of both samples respond to the
C1S1 type, which indicates that they have low salinity and low concentration of sodium
ions.
In conclusion it can be stated that the water samples analyzed from the sources
mentioned are not enough to characterize said waters; for ir is recommended to perform
a sampling and analysis schedule that include these and other sources of water arounf
the project area.

Estimation of the expected sediments
The estimation of sediments was done by consulting company EDH, and for the purpose
of this report, the conclusions of this estimation will be used for this study, which
established two ranges, a general range and a probable range.
General Range. It is important to say that the total sediments expected on the site of Bao
River in Sabaneta will not be lower than the 1,606 m3/km2/year of sediments registered
in the San Juan Sabaneta River, nor they will be higher than the 4,573 m3/km2/year of
Hatillo.
For the site on Jagua River in Los Limones, the values are the same as the previous case.
Probable Range. Subject to more detailed evaluations, the excercise of giving weight to
the characteristics of each watershed suggests that the range for Bao River in Sabaneta
can be reduced to between 3,283 and 1,665 m3/km2/year.
For Jagua River in the Higüero the numbers are between 3,802 and 1,780 m3/km2/year.
COR-01-EI-004-07
Page 128
The high ground of this region has been subject of intense agricultural activity that,
together with an over-exploitation of its forestal resources, has left the cover of this zone
in less than 30% of its total. This situation, added to the bad practices in the management
of the soil resources and the physiographic characteristics of the region, have caused
high levels of erosion, which affects the local population and the hydraulic works
present in the area.
According to bathymetric studies done on the Tavera reservoir in 1993 the volume of
sediments reported was 35.9 millions cubic meters, which represents 20.7% of its storage
capacity. It ss important to mention that, practically, all the high and medium ground of
the region is dedicated to forest and crops, such as coffe and cocoa.
On livestock, raising cattle has the most incident in the region, most specifically in the
San José de las Matas and Jánico Municipalities. This activity increases the existing use
conflict in the zone. Another problem in this part of the region is the large demand for
wood and charcoal by the cassava and bread industry, for which currently there is no
plan to provide possible alternatives to substitute this energy sources.
Still, with the execution of important protection and management projects, (Sierra and
Bao Plan), the region’s natural resources have suffered a continuous deterioration
process, which requires that recovery activities be developed to stop and reverse the
process. Motivated by the situation previously described, the Ejecutivo Power asigned
the Agricultural College (Instituto Superior de Agricultura - ISA), through decee No.362
of 1994, The Safeguard and Protection Yaque del Norte River Watershed. In response to
this designation, ISA developed a de Reforestation y Management of Yaque del Norte
River Project, with a total budget of DR$549,814,576.61. Sai project contemplates sis
subprojects: Water Quality and Quantity Management, Solid Waste Management,
Forestal Development, Soil and Water Conservation, Socialeconomic Study of the
Watershed and Environmental Education.
4.4
HYDROGEOLOGY
The evaluated zone is located in hydrogeological zone No. 7 (Central Mountain Range –
Cordillera Central), according to the Dominican territorial division from a
hydrogeological point of view and its characteristics were described in the project’s part
corresponding to regional geology and of details of the project.
The limits selected for this evaluation comprise from the South, the strip that goes from
the locality named El Cuco to the locality named Loma Pico, with an extention of
approximetely fifteen kilometers; on the North it comprises the strip from Los Llanos to
Jánico with an extension of approximetely twenty kilometers; on the East it comprises
COR-01-EI-004-07
Page 129
the strip from El Cuco to Los llanos with an extension of approximetely twenty
kilometers and on the West, the strip from Loma Pico to Jánico with an extension of
approximetely twenty kilometers.
Most of the surface of these lands is covered with magmatic-metamorfic rocks. Most of
these rocks are not aquiferous and the water they contain moves through fissures and
gaps or on the weathered tops.
The zone’s existing poor data does not allow the link between observation points of the
groundwater levels to obtain a general view in the form of isometrics maps of the
groundwaters of the flow directions of these.
The evaluations or studies completed previously indicate, in general terms, that this
zone o mosto f it cannot be a reliable source of groundwater becuase mosto f the land
surface has great elevations, the topography is rugged and the aquifer formations are
almost non-existent.
Other aspects that indicate the poor interest in the exploration of groundwater in the
zone is the abundant availability of surface water and the low population density.
As previously explained, that is to say that the poor hydrogeological information of the
zone, this evaluation will be based only in describing the existing aquifer formations and
its main characteristics in the lands selected.
The predominant formation in the lands selected correspond to the Duarte (Kid)
formation, which can be seen in the South, East and west strips and a small part of the
North strip (see extract of hydrogeological map). In this case the formation is related to a
local aquifer restricted to the free, fractured zones. It is composed of metamorphic rocks
with very low permeability. The waters have from poor to good chemical quality and
the aquifer, in general, can be clasified as of low hydrogeological importance.
In the central part of the lands predominate the acidic intrusite rocks ácidas (Ia) (see
extract of hydrogeological map), which represent a local aquifer restricted to the
fractured zones, enlarged in some cases by systems of interconnection, free or confined.
The aquifer is composed of Basic extrusive and associate intrusites. The permeability
generally goes from medium to low. The waters are of good chemical quality and the
aquifer can be classified as of medium to low hydrogeologocal importance.
The other existing formation in the lands mentioned is the Taveras (Tigt) conglomerate
andi t can be seen in the vicinity of the locality of Jánico, making contact with the Duarte
COR-01-EI-004-07
Page 130
(Kid) formation through a nferred geological fault located to the South of Jánico (see
extract from hydrogeological map). In this case, the aquifer is local and is found in fine
layers or sandy lenses; it is of difficult exploration, in some cases it behaves as free and
in other cases, as confined.
In general terms, the aquifer is comprised of non-consolidated, clastic sediments, in the
case when it behaves as a free aquifer, and by consolidated sediments when it behaves
as a confined aquifer. The presence of these sediments in this zone is due mainly
because of the drag or carry-over by the Jánico, Bao and Jagua Rivers.
The permeability is generally low; the Chemicals quality of the waters is generally good.
In general terms, the aquifer can be clasified as of low hydrogeological importance.
In conclusion it can be said that the materials that compose the aquifer formations
located on the selected lands for this evaluation are of low permeability and, therefore,
these aquifer formations has low hydrogeological importance.
Figure 4.40: Extract of Hydrogeological Map (1:250,000 Scale)
COR-01-EI-004-07
Page 131
4.5
FLORA AND VEGETATION
4.5.1
Introduction
From the dawn of our existence, human beings have been closely related with the
natural resources, and in a particular manner with plants. In its begginings the forests
were pristine, robust and even impenetrable. Humans have been changing that reality in
the entire World, in greater or lesser extent. Demografic growth, the large
conglomerates, the growing demand for food ítems, comodities, recreation, movility,
coverage and security and the need to develop water resources for human consumption,
irrigation, energy production and other uses, has mean tan intensive and extensive
expliotation of the natural resources and, in consequence, the alteration of the biological
diversity, sometimes to alarming levels, although sometimes some of the intervations
have been done in a rational way.
It is logical that with the development of humanity with everyday growing demands,
nature has to be intervened in some way, to some extend. Tecnology and the large
equipment with capacity of large transformation have contributed much to the
modification of the environments, considerably reducing forestall coverage and
population of certain species to the point that these are treathened or have dissapeared.
The destruction of the biological diversity, from anthropocentric positions, has created
extreme positions, because trends of absolute protection have surged, which consider
that nature cannot be touched. From this perspective it would seem that humans are not
part of nature, but that it only includes irrational animals, the habitats and the inorganic
materials. We are apart of nature and, as such, it is possible to make use of it. What need
to be considered is that the resources, that we call renewables, are finite, which means,
that they are exhausted and could dissapear.
Then, it is necessary to take care of nature and use it in a racional and sustainable way,
so that future generations and even the present generations not only do not have t olive
in a hotile environment but that they can survive. The investments and the human
interventions will be more sustainable and will have more security the more rationality
is assumed with the natural resources that can be affected in any way.
Law 64-00 about the Environment and Natural Resources in the Dominican Republic
requires Studies or environmental statements, depending on the case, befote any human
intervation in Nature, as to determine the quantity and the resources that will be
impacted directly or indirectly. In the case of flora and vegetation, it will be determined
if there are treathened or protected species, and the sensitive habitats that require special
attention.
COR-01-EI-004-07
Page 132
This is the reason of this report, which has an inventory of flora, the description of the
different environments, as well as the identification of the potential negative impacts
and the recommendations or measures to avoid or mitigate the damaging effects.
4.5.2
The Study Area
The study area, where the project named Las Placetas Hydrological Complex
(“Complejo Hidroeléctrico Las Placetas”), is located in the zone corresponding to the
mountainous formation known as La Sierra. It comprises the Municipalities of San José
de Las Matas, including the Municipal District of Las Placetas, and Jánico, in the
Santiago Province, in the Central Mountain Ridge, one of the largest geomorfological
systems in the Dominican Republic (Troncoso, 1986). It is a mountainous zone with
scarece inter-mountainous valleys. It constitutes the foothills of the Mountain Range to
the north and descends to the Cibao Occidental Valley. The Hills and mountains are of
low to moderate elevations (see Photo 4.42).
Photo 4.42: General View of La Sierra
According to the classification of Hartshorn et al. (1981), in the extention of the project,
there are three Life Zones:, Sub-Tropical Rainforest, Very Humid Sub-Tropical
Rainforest and Cloud Forest (both of pinewood and hardwoods).
According to the coverage and land use map prepared by the Secretary of State of the
Environment and Natural Resources (Moya P, 2004), in the zone there are: coniferous
forests, hardwoods rainforests, intensive grazing and subsistence farming (see Photo
4.43).
COR-01-EI-004-07
Page 133
Photo 4.43. View of Ruggedness in La Sierra
The main crop is coffee, Coffea arabica, o the highlands, while at lower elevations what is
cultivated is minor fruits, such as: yuca, Manihot esculenta; sweet potato, Ipomoea batatas;
plantain, Musa x paradisiaca (Musa AAB); elephant ears, Xanthosoma caracu, and black
malanga, Xanthosoma violaceum, for example. There is grass for cattle, with different
forage species, mainly Gramineae. There also are forestal plantations, mainly of pines,
Pinus occidentalis.
This distribution of the zone by aridity index is reflected and evidente in the vegetative
formations. The zone or sub-zone corresponding to the “semi-arid” category, near
Jánico, that is, in the eastermost side of the Project zone, presents vegetation with an
aspect more xerophytic than the other side, which corresponds to the category of
“humid-dry”. And it not only shows in the aspect of the vegetation but also in the
composition of flora.
COR-01-EI-004-07
Page 134
Photo 4.44. Syzygium jambos, dominates the riparian vegetation of the zone
In the “semi-arid” zone there are species such as: robin tree cactus, Pilosocereus
polygonus; Gumbo-limbo, Bursera simaruba; tabacuelo, Pictetia sulcata; o guano barrigón,
Coccothrinax fragrans, that are not presento n the other side. Instead, in the category
corresponding to “humid-dry” zone there are species that are nor presento n the other
side or are scarcer, such as: cabirma, Guarea guidonia; amacey, Tetragastris balsamifera; and
aguacatillo, Beilschmiedia pendula.
In general terms, in the zone predominates the domesticated or man-transformed
ecosystems. That is, the natural vegetation has been replaced by different human
activities, mainly agriculture and livestock. The forestal coverage is basically of second
growth, except decreased relicts of riparian vegetation (see Photo 4.44), since the Malay
apple, Syzygium jambos, is a very aggressive invasive species and has become dominant,
displacing or impeding the propagation of other species. However, in the last 3-4 years a
disease is attacking the Malay Apple, for large populations have been affected and other
species have been able to propagate.
The protected areas closer to the zone of study are: el Armando Bermúdez National Park
and the so-called “Multiple-Use Forestal Reserves” (“Reservas Forestales de Uso
Múltiple”) of Alto Mao and Alto Bao, according to the protected areas system map of
2002 (Moya P., 2004). According to the map of areas of high endemismof vascular flora
in the Dominican Republic, these are not found in the zone of the execution of the
project (Moya P., 2004).
COR-01-EI-004-07
Page 135
4.5.3
Methods
This study was done between the months of June and July of 2007, in the zone called La
Sierra, belonging to the Central Mountain Ridge, in the North Region of the Dominican
Republic, and comprises the municipalities of Jánico, including the Municipal District La
Placeta, and the San José de Las Matas Municipality, in the Santiago Province. The
report has been developed with primary information from field data obtained by
systematic sampling.
Preferencial places were selected and lineal transects, whose length could vary from
about 100 metros to more than 2 kilometers, according to the fragility of the
environments or the nature of theintervention in different places. For instance, increase
focus was given to the dam sites, both to the extensión of the sampled area as to the
intensity and thoroughness of the inventory, since these places will be flooded. (The
Maps Appendix shows the areas where field work was done).
Nevertheless, a comprehensive bibliographic revision sobre plant associations in the
Dominican Republic was done, including studies of flora of the zone or region on the
Central Mountain Range, such a: Hager & Zanoni (1993), Peguero (1999 y 2004),
Guerrero et al. (2002), May & Peguero (2002), and García et al. (2000). For the inventario
of flora the methods for the study of vegetation of Matteucci & Colma was used,
although modified.
In total, 17 sampling points were done, who were located in eight stations (sections). The
places sampled were: the Mata Grande dam reservoir area, which is identified in the
Project as Sabaneta Dam. Samples were taken upstream and downstream of the
confluence of the Bao River with the Antón Sape Bueno Creek, in addition to observing
and logging in peripheral strips.
Also, of the right margin of the Bao River was sampled, from the dam site to a bridge
located in a place called “La Mina de Mata Grande” (the Mata Grande Mine), which
crosses to the Sabaneta community. Through this path the road that will get to the
Sabaneta Dam wall will be constructed. The flora and the vegetation were studied in a
strip that will remain on the axis of the Sabaneta-Presa Dam tunnel of Los Limones.
The Los Limones dam site was widely travelled, as well as the axis of the tunnel to this
reservoir to the “Powerhouse”, which will be located near the town of Higüero. In
addition, what will be the axis of the tunnel from the “Powerhouse” of Higüero to the
Bao River, next to the Jánico Spa, was studied, where the river water from the turbines
will be returned. This section was divided in two sub-sections, according to the
characteristics of the vegetation. The first sub-section, called section 6 (“tramo 6”),
extends from Higüero to approximetely a little just befote a place called La Cejita, from
COR-01-EI-004-07
Page 136
where the changes in vegetation are notable, with the appearance of guano palm
(Coccothrinax fragrans) populations and other species from dryer places than the
highlands of La Sierra.
The second sub-section or section 7 (“tramo 7”), continues from here to the Bao River
Spa. Section 8 (“tramo 8”) constitutes the Bao River, where two sampling upstream and
downstream of the Spa were made, respectively, in the proxinmities were the water will
be reintegrated. In addition to the sampling in these sections, the Spa known as “Aguas
Calientes” of the Bao River was also sampled, since it could be affected by the decrease
in flow. However, the use of the Spa is fundamentally in the mineral water springs.
The plants were roughly identifiedon on the field based on this report’s author
experience and knowledge of the zone flora. Nevertheless, for specific epithets, confirm
status and for other aspects, Catazús (1977), Rodríguez, Rodríguez & Fernández (1998),
and Liogier (1982, 1983, 1985, 1986, 1989, 1994, 1995, 1996 y 2000) were consulted. The
common names used in this report are based on the plant names used in La Sierra and
the region, according to the “Diccionario Botánico de Nombres Vulgares de La
Española“ (Liogier, 2000), Peguero (1999) and Peguero, García y Jiménez (2004).
To determine the treathened or protected plants in the study site, General Law for the
Environment and Natural Resources (National Congress of the Dominican Republic,
2000), the collection of environmental legislation of the Dominican Republic (Russo,
1999), the List of treathened Plants of the Dominican Republic (Peguero et al., 2003), the
List of the International Convention of Commerce of Fauna and Wild Flora Treathened
Species-Cites (World Center for Monitoring of Conservation, 1998), and the Red List of
the World Union for Nature (Walter & Gillet, 1997) were consulted.
4.5.4
Composition of Flora
The vascular flora of the places studied is composed 438 species belonging to 323 genera
in 99 spermatophytes families, plus the Pteridophyta (ferns). The families that show the
most richness of speceies are the following: Asteraceae with 38, Poaceae 36, Fabaceae 21,
Rubiaceae 17, Euphorbiaceae 12, Meliaceae Solanaceae 10, and Bromeliaceae: 10 (see
Flora List Appendix in consultant report and Figure 4.41).

Asteraceae: 38

Poaceae: 36

Fabaceae: 21

Rubiaceae: 17

Euphorbiaceae: 12
COR-01-EI-004-07
Page 137

Meliaceae: 10

Solanaceae: 10

Bromeliaceae: 10
The large number of species in these families is an indicator of the types of environments
and the condition in which they are, since the families such as Asteraceae, Fabaceae and
Poaceae are characteristic or have their largest populations in open, sunny and mantransformed areas. Gramineae (Poaceae) also have many species that are called “weeds”
or plantas arvenses, ruderales o viales, which always accompany the different human
activities done in intervened areas of Nature.
Especies, 438
Generos, 323
Familia, 99
Figure 4.41: Flora List
This means that despite the fact that the project will be executed in a zone next to the
National Park and that these are mostly mountainous zones, their flora and vegetation
have suffered significant changes, in consequence, manifesting itself in the floristic
landscape.
4.5.4.1 Biological Types
Based on the life form, growth habit or biological type, the 438 species found in the
places of the study are distributed as follows: 187 are grasses or herbaceous species, 100
arborescentes, 90 shrubby, lianas or vines (climbers and crawlers), 15 epyphtes and four
estípites or palms (Figure 4.42).
COR-01-EI-004-07
Page 138
42
15 4
Arboles
100
Arbustos
Hierbas
Lianas
187
90
Epifitas
Etipites
Figure 4.42: Biological Types of Species Reported
Here we see again manifested the condition of the type of environments that are present
in the study area. The high percentage of herbaceous means that these are not closed
areas where the forest covers most of it and light cannot penetrate. To the contrary, these
are mostly open and sunny areas, where the heliophyte species proliferate as in the case
of most of the Gramineae.
4.5.4.2 Biogeografic Status
Because of its original distribution or biogeografic status, the total of species reported for
these palces is distributed as follows: 327 natives, of which 42 are endemic of the
Hispaniola and 69 are exotic or introduced, of which 50 have been naturalized; that is,
that have escaped cultivation and have been growing spontaneously, without human
intervention. Instead, the remaining 19 are being cultivated (see Table 4.52 and Figure
4.43).
COR-01-EI-004-07
Page 139
19
42
50
Endemica
Nat ivas
Nat uralizadas
Int roducidas Cult ivadas
327
Figure 4.43: Biogeografic Status of the Species
Despite the high levels of human transformation of almost all the zone of study, it is
notable that more than 70 percent of the species are autochtonous (endemic and natives).
Among the Entre las endemics there are plants, as much relatively restricted
distribution, like Lyonia buchii or guano palm, Coccothrinax fragrans, as well as wide
distribution, such as the palmetto palm, Sabal domingensis, or the royal palm, Roystonea
hispaniolana.
Almost all the natives are of wide distribution. As for the exotics, many have been
introduced intenionally by humans for distintos purposes: forage (guinea grass, Panicum
maximum; para grass, Brachiaria mutica; star grass, Cynodon nlemfuense; elephant grass,
Pennisetum purpureum and others), edibles by humans (pigeon peal, Cajanus cajan;
plantain, Musa paradisiaca; banana, Musa sapientum; mango, Mangifera indica; avocado,
Persea americana and different species of citruses, Citrus spp., for instance), ornamentals,
forestals, and others.
4.5.4.3 Level of Presence or Degree of Abundance
For its level of presence or degree of abundance, the 438 species found in these places of
the Las Placetas Hydroelectric Complex Project are distributed as follows: 32 are very
COR-01-EI-004-07
Page 140
abundant, 195 are abundant, 185 are scarce and 26 are rare (Table 4.52 and Figure 4.44).
However, the condition that presents each species applies to this zone only and not
necessarily to the whole country or the Island. A plant that is rare in this place may be
abundant in another place or region and viceversa.
32
Muy abundantes
195
Abundantes
185
Escasas
26
Raras
0
50
100
150
200
Figure 4.44: Level of Presence of the Species
Among the rare plants, there are autochtonous, but also there are exotic. And on the
other extreme, of the abundant and very abundant plants, there are autochtonous
species, but also there are many introduced, that even have not naturalized yet, but they
behave as pioners in open areas and even as invasives.
4.5.4.4 Treathened and Protected Plants
In the zone of direct influence and neighboring strips where the Las Placetas
Hydroelectric project will be executed, 24 treathened and/or protected species were
found, being that because of national legislation or by international agreements, of
which the Dominican Republic is signatory. These 24 species correspond to 20 genuses
in 12 families (see Table 4.52).
Eight of the protected and treathened species are trees or dendriform, eight are
epyphites, three are estyphytes or palms and two are herbaceous. Bacuase of their
biogeografic status, they are distributed as follows: eight are endemic, 15 are natives and
one is naturalized exotic.
COR-01-EI-004-07
Page 141
The fact that an introduced plant appears among the protected is becuase the
Orchidaceae family, of which Oeceoclades maculata is part, is in the Cites List.
Ten of these species are protected by national legislation (General Law for the
Environment and Natural Resources, 2000; Peguero et al., 2003; Russo, 1999); eight are
included in the International Convention of Commerce of Fauna and Wild Flora
Treathened Species-Cites (World Center for Monitoring of Conservation, 1998); five are
found in the Red List of the World Union for Nature (Walter & Gillet, 1997)
Photo 4.45 presents a Agave, Agave antillarum.
Photo 4.45: Maguey, Agave antillarum, protected species
A species that is protected by national legislation, by Cites and by IUCN isSwietenia
mahagoni, la famous Santo Domingo mahogany, which is the National Flower of the
Dominican Republic, and it is protected because of the indiscriminate exploitation to
which it is subject, since it is one of the World’s most coveted precious woods. See
example of a royal palm, Roystonea hispaniolana in Photo 4.46.
COR-01-EI-004-07
Page 142
Photo 4.46. Royal Palms, Roystonea hispaniolana, protected species
Law 64-00 for the Environment and Natural Resources, whch has integrated several
laws, decrees and resolutions, protects 10 species becuase of the acelerated destruction
or fragmentation of its habitats or becuase of the expliotation and irrational cropping or
extraction of live individuals rom their natural environments, as it happens with the
agave, Agave antillarum, with the royal palm, Roystonea hispaniolana, and with the
palmetto palm, Sabal domingensis, for instance.
A Pinus occidentalis is shown in the following photo (Photo 4.47)
Photo 4.47. A pine, Pinus occidentalis, protected species
COR-01-EI-004-07
Page 143
The IUCN protects the Hispaniolan pine, also called cuaba and pechipén, Pinus
occidentalis; la sangre de gallo, Brunellia comocladifolia subsp. domingensis; el palo de la
Reina, Lyonia buchii; la yagua, Tabebuia bullata, and the palo de yuca, Tabebuia vinosa.
Pinus occidentalis, which is abundant and is found in the two largest national parks of the
mountainous areas of the Dominican Republic. It was included in the Red List of IUCN
when the sawmills were preying on all the pinewoods of the three mountain ranges in
the country.
With respect to the yagua, Tabebuia bullata; el palo de yuca, Tabebuia vinosa; la sangre de
gallo, Brunellia comocladifolia, and the palo de la Reina, Lyonia buchii, they were included
in the Red List of IUCN becuase of the destruction of the hardwood cloud forests where
they grow. They are relatively abundant species, but the advance of the agricultural
frontier has to be consider; besides, besides that they are endemic species and only grow
in determined altitudes and environments that can be considered fragil.
An example of a palmetto palm, Sabal domingensis, protected species, is shown in Photo
4.48.
Photo 4.48. An example of a palmetto palm, Sabal domingensis, protected species
Table 4.52. Treathened and/or Protected Species in the Area of the Project
Scientific Name
Agave antillarum
Prestoea montana
Roystonea hispaniolana
Sabal domingensis
Tabebuia bullata
Tabebuia vinosa
Ceiba pentandra
COR-01-EI-004-07
Common Name
Agave
Manacla
Royal palm
Palmetto palm
Yagua
Palo de yuca
Kapok
Family
Agavaceae
Arecaceae
Arecaceae
Arecaceae
Bignoniaceae
Bignoniaceae
Bombacaceae
BT
H
Et
Et
Et
T
T
T
S
E
N
E
E
E
E
N
PI
L
L
L
L
U
U
L
Page 144
Scientific Name
Tillandsia pruinosa
Tillandsia usneoides
Brunellia
comocladifolia
subsp. domingensis
Pilosocereus polygonus
Rhipsalis baccifera
Lyonia buchii
Cyathea arborea
Cyathea furfuracea
Cederla odorata
Swietenia mahagoni
Common Name
Piñita de palo
Barba de viejo, guajaca
Sangre de gallo, palo de
perico
Robin tree cactus
Fruta de culebra
Palo de la reina
Helecho macho
Helecho macho
Cedar
Mahogany
Family
Bromeliaceae
Bromeliaceae
Brunelliaceae
BT
Ep
Ep
T
S
E
N
E
PI
L
L
U
Cactaceae
Cactaceae
Ericaceae
Cyatheaceae
Cyatheaceae
Meliaceae
Meliaceae
Sh
Ep
T
Sh
Sh
T
T
N
N
E
N
N
N
N
Dichaea glauca
Dichaea hystricina
Epidendrum ramosum
Jacquiniella teretifolia
Oeceoclades maculata
Pleurothallis domingensis
Pinus occidentalis
Orchid
Orchid
Orchid
Gramita de palo
Lengua de suegra
Orchid
Hispaniolan pine
Orchidaceae
Orchidaceae
Orchidaceae
Orchidaceae
Orchidaceae
Orchidaceae
Pinaceae
Ep
Ep
Ep
Ep
H
Ep
T
N
N
N
N
Na
N
N
C
C
U
L
L
L
C,L,
U
C
C
C
C
C
C
U
Leyenda:
Biological Types (BT): T = tree, Sh = shrubs, Ep = epyphite, Et = estyphite, H = herbaceous (grass).
Biogeografic Status (S): E = endemic, N = native, Na = naturalizide.
Protection Instrument (PI): C = Cites, L = National Legislation, U = IUCN.
4.5.4.5 Environmental
Associations.
Description.
Types
of
Environments
of
Vegetatative
In general, the vegetation in the study zone is pinewwods of low and medium altitute,
harwoods rainforests and riparian forestss. However, the human presence in the region
since hundreds of years has modified the natural environments, for there are numerous
artificial environments, human-transformed or domesticated ecosystems, such as
agricultural crops, grasslands for cattle and forestal farms, for instance. To this, we have
to add orchards and farmyards with numerous ornamental plants.

Section I
What is called “Section I” in this report is the sampling station for the riparian
vegetation of THE Bao River, upstream and downstream of the dam site and the
confluence of this river with the Antón Sape Bueno Creek. Since the river is the limit of
the protected area of the Armando Bermúdez National Park, the study covers the left
margin (inside the park) and the right margin (outside the park).
Riparian Vegetation
COR-01-EI-004-07
Page 145
In general terms, the vegetation of both places sampled is riparian vegetation, which is a
mixed forest of pines and hardwood species. Because the river runs through a deep
depression, the trees reach great heights looking for sunshine, either on the slopes or on
the narrow bottom. There are trees that reach more than 20 meters.
In both sides there are relics of the original vegetation, but there was human
transformation, replacing local autochtonous species for crops, as can even beseen on the
protected area, where the inventory shows species such as coffee, Coffea arabica, and
bitter orange (Seville Orange), Citrus aurantium, that stay as persistent after the
cultivation.
Photos 4.49 and 4.50 show riparian vegetation of the Bao River in Mata Grande and of
the Antón Sape Bueno Creek near the confluence with the Bao River.
Photo 4.49. RiparianVegetation of Bao River in Mata Grande
Besides the Hispaniolan pine o cuaba, Pinus occidentalis, the royal palm, Roystonea
hispaniolana, also grows and the most obsewrved dendriform hardwoods are: cigua
amarilla, Ocotea leucoxylon; cigua prieta, Ocotea patens; yaya prieta, Guatteria blainii;
pumpwood, Cecropia schreberiana; Ice-cream-bean, Inga vera; palo amargo, Trichilia
pallida; palo blanco, Drypetes alba; corazón de paloma, Colubrina glandulosa var. antillana;
yagua, Tabebuia bullata; nisperillo, Matayba domingensis; jaiquí, Pera bumelifolia; palo de
yuca, Tabebuia vinosa, and many specimens of fuquete o guaraguao, Buchenavia
tetraphylla, among others. It is notable to say that in this section the Malay Apple,
Syzygium jambos, is very scarce.
In the intermediate stata predominate shrubs and young trees. Among others, we can
find: chalina, Rhytidophyllum grandiflorum; palito de leche, Tabernaemontana citrifolia;
chicharrón, Clerodendrum spinosum; palo del rey, Dodonea viscosa, and azota potranca,
COR-01-EI-004-07
Page 146
Allophyllus crassinervis. The herbaceous species are scarce becuase the forest has become
dense in this place. The most common are: bruja, Bryophyllum pinnatum; cortadera,
Scleria lithosperma and Scleria secans; cejúa, Pilea setigera, Pilea microphylla; alcarrizo,
Lasiacis divaricata and Lasiacis sorghoidea.
Photo 4.50. Confluence of Antón Sape Bueno Creek with Bao River
There are some lianas or woody vines of the few that can tolerate shade, such as: bejuco
de costilla, Paullinia pinnata; mate colorado, Canavalia nitida; tibisí, Arthrostylidium
multispicatum, and parra cimarrona, Vitis tiliifolia.
In la zone closer to the water, the riparian species, which are aquatic, are: cañabrava,
Gynerium sagittatum; yerba de jicotea, Polygonum hidropiperoides; junquillo, Eleocharis sp.;
yerba de jicotea, Ludwigia spp. And otherss, mainly from Poaceae and Cyperaceae
families.
Crops
In la right margin of Bao River, the zone is totaly transformed by human intervention,
and there are pasture cattle as well as agricultural crops that include permanen crops
such as coffe, Coffea arabica, and minor fruits, such as: common bean, Phaseolus vulgaris;
coco yam, Colocasia esculenta; Banana, Musa sapientum; Plantain, Musa x paradisiaca (ver
Photo 4.51), and black malanga, Xanthosoma violaceum. In this open or cultivated is
notable the presence of naranjilla (“little orange”), Solanum quitoense var. septentrionale, a
fruit native of Ecuador, introduced and rapidly escaped from cultivation, becoming an
invasive species.
COR-01-EI-004-07
Page 147
Photo 4.51. Plaintain Cultivation, Musa x paradisiaca

Section II
It is the riparian portion of the Bao River that extends from the dam site in Mata Grande
or “Sabaneta Dam” to 200 meters downstream of the bridge over the same river, on the
road to the Sabaneta community (see Photos 4.52 and 4.53). In this section, on the left
margin of the river are the settlements of Mata Grande and La Mina, where there
predominates the cultivation in orchards and farmyards. The cultivated species, with
some variations, are no different from the crops in Section I. The cultivation of limoncillo
de té or citronella, Cymbopogon citratus, a commercial species for the extraction of
essential oils, is very extensive.
Photo 4.52. Riparian Vegetation of Bao River
COR-01-EI-004-07
Page 148
On the right margin, although uphill there are grazing lands and orchards, on the
hillsides there is a bank of autochtonous dendriform species, such as the Ice-Cream-Bean
(Guama), Inga vera; pumpwood, Cecropia schreberiana; Malay Apple, Syzygium jambos;
palo de burro, Dendropanax arboreus, and víbora o pinga de perro, Oreopanax capitatus.
On the shores, on the flood areas there are numerous herbaceous species, including
many exotic escaped from cultivation, yendo such as: yautía de puerco, Xanthosoma sp.
and coco yam Colocasia esculenta.
Photo 4.53. Partial View of a bend of Bao River

Section III
This section extends from the dam site in Mata Grande to the Los Limones reservoir, in
the vicinity of Las Placetas. It is a zone widely impacted by human activities. The
following environments are found there:
Grasslands or Grazing lands
Herbaceous species predominate, with scattered trees. The main herbaceous species are
foraging Gramineae, such as yerba de guinea, Panicum maximum; yaraguá, Melinis
minutiflora; sinaí or yerba de San Ramón, Brachiaria brizantha. Other herbaceous species
that grow among the forages are, for instance: escoba, Sida rhombifolia; buttonweed,
Spermacoce assurgens; Red Natal Grass, Melinis repens; anamu, Pavonia fruticosa; cadillo de
gato, Cenchrus echinatus; cadillo de burro, Triumfetta semitriloba, and malva té, Corchorus
siliquosus, among others. (Ver Photo No.4.54).
COR-01-EI-004-07
Page 149
Photo 4.54. View of grassland where the Tunnel will pass
Among the dendriform species there are: pine, Pinus occidentalis; pino caribe, Pinus
caribaea; coffee cimarrón, Stenostomon suberanthus; palo de la Reina, Lyonia buchii; royal
palm, Roystonea hispaniolana; Ice-cream-bean, Inga vera, and pumpwood, Cecropia
schreberiana, among others. In addition, there are shrubs, among other species:
buzunuco, Hamelia patens; guayabo, Psidium guajava; several species known as
rompezaragüey, Eupatorium illitum, E. odoratum, E. gabbii and E. gibbosum.
COR-01-EI-004-07
Page 150
Crops
The main crops are coffee, Coffea arabica, and minor fruits, like: bananas, Musa sapientum;
yautía, Colocasia esculenta; common bean, Phaseolus vulgaris; yuca, Manihot esculenta, and
other species species.
Photo No. 4.55 shows areas of tree fallings and readied to be cultivated.
Photo 4.55: Agricultural crops can be observed surrounded by pinewoods.
Patches of pines, Pinus occidentalis
In these patches, next to Pinus occidentalis, other species with wide leaves grow, such as
dendriform, shrubby, herbaceous and lianas (climbers y crawlers). See Photo No. 4.56.
Photo 4.56: General View of Pinewoods in Elevations next to Bao River
COR-01-EI-004-07
Page 151
Riparian Vegetation
On the shores of the rivers, creeks and gullies, like La jagua and others, grows a riparian
vegetation basically dominated by Malay Apple, Syzygium jambos.
Photo 4.57 presents a panoramic view of the riparian vegetation of the Jagua River
Photo 4.57: View Riparian Vegetation if Jagua River
COR-01-EI-004-07
Page 152
Patches of manacla, Prestoea monta
In elevated slopes in this section, mainly next to the place called El Peñón, there are
patches of manacla, Prestoea montana.

Section IV
This section constitutes the dam site of Los Limones. More than two kilometers were
traveled, mostly upstream, on the zone that will be flooded on Jagua River and El Peñón
River, which ends in Jagua. In addition to the riparian vegetation, on the shores there are
other crops.
Riparian Vegetation
The species that widly dominates the riparian vegetation here is the Malay Apple,
Syzygium jambos, whose populations are apparently affected by fungus or a virus.
Upstream of the dam site, there are several species of hardwoods, with tall specimen
that grow more than 20 meters. Among the main species, there are: amacey, Tetragastris
balsamifera; Ice-cream-bean, Inga vera; pumpwood, Cecropia schreberiana; cedar, Cedrela
odorata; jina criolla, Inga fagifolia; several species of the Ocotea genus; palo amargo,
Trichilia pallida, and mara, Calophyllum calaba, that apparently have been planted there
(see Photo 4.58).
Photo 4.58: Riparian Vegetation on the Dam Site of Los Limones
COR-01-EI-004-07
Page 153
Crops
The main species cultivated on the shores of the Jagua and El Peñón rivers are: coffee,
Coffea arabica, and banana, Musa sapientum, in addition to other minor fruits. Since coffee
needs shade, which is the “typical” variety, among the plantations are well preserved
trees.
On the elevations next to the dam site, mainly to El Peñón, there are patches of
Hispaniolan pine, Pinus occidentalis, with specimens of mostly second-generation
growth, on slopes. Some hardwoods species not different from the ones mentioned
before in this report are being established. In some places there are caribbean pine, Pinus
caribaea (see Photo 4.59).
Photo 4.59: General View of Pinewoods near Jagua River

Section V
This section constitutes a strip that will include the axis of the tunnel from the Los
Limones Reservoir to the vicinity of Higuero. In this place the open areas predominate,
especially grasslands and minor fruit crops.
Grasslands with Trees
The main species are forage Gramineae, together with other dendriform species, such as
pine, Pinus occidentalis, as well as hardwoods: Malay Apple, Syzygium jambos; palo santo,
Myrsine coriacea; caimito, Chrysophyllum oliviforme, and others. The main shrubs are:
garrapatita, Miconia laevigata; pelúa; Miconia umbellata, and Miconia stenobotrys. In
addition, there are numerous lianas, like: bejuco caro, Cissus verticillata; bejuco de
COR-01-EI-004-07
Page 154
costilla, Serjania polyphylla; guatavo, Ipomoea indica, and bejuco de ratón, Cissampelos
pareira. (see Photo 4.61)
Photo 4.60: Grassland with scattered pine trees

Section VI
This section starts in Las Placetas over the strip that will include the axis of the tunnel
that will return the water used in the turbines to the Bao River. It ends near the
community called La Cejita. Here the dominant environments are grasslands with
scattered trees. The main dendriform species are: royal palm, Roystonea hispaniolana;
mango, Mangifera indica; penda, Citharexylum fruticosum; palmetto palm, Sabal
domingensis; Ice-cream-bean, Inga vera, and a few specimens of lana, Ochroma pyramidale.
Photos 4.62, 4.63 and 4.64 present panoramic views of Section VI.
Photo 4.61: Forestal Plantation of Pinus occidentalis
COR-01-EI-004-07
Page 155
Photo 4.62: Grassland with scattered trees in Section VI
This section has gullies and ravines with fine banks of vegetation where water runs
when it rains and is dominated by the Malay Apple, Syzygium jambos. Nearby there are
forestal cultivation of Hispaniolan pine, Pinus occidentalis, and minor fruits and fruit
trees, as well as ornamental species in farmyards and orchards.
Photo 4.63: Grasslands with planted pines

Section VII
This section extends from the vicinity of La Cejita to Bao River. The environments and
the floral landscape are still generally dominated by graslands with trees. But change is
noticeable, since species present characteristics of zones drier than the elevations of the
mountain range. More noticeable are populations of guano palm, Coccothrinax fragrans,
and is more common the palmetto palm, Sabal domingensis, as well as shrubby species
COR-01-EI-004-07
Page 156
such as: palo de cotorra or reselesuele, Randia aculeata, and even small populations of the
cactus called robin tree cactus, Pilosocererus polygonus. (see Photo 4.65).
Photo 4.64: View of the vegetation in Section VII; dam trail of Bao River to the foreground

Section VIII
Is the riparian vegetation of Bao River, upstream and downstream of the Spa of the town
of Jánico. Here the riparian vegetation is composed of species different from the ones in
the highlands. The forest is well preserved, mainly of the left margin. It shows
xerophytic aspect, since the substrate is limestone rock with large percolation, which
does not retain water and produces a por physiological drought. For this reason, are
most notable species belonging to dry forests, microphyll and with thorns, suc as robin
tree cactus, Pilosocereus polygonus.
View of the riparian vegetation on the Bao Spa in Jánico (Photos 4.65, 4.66 and 4.67).
Photo 4.65: Jánico Town Spa on Bao River
COR-01-EI-004-07
Page 157
In general terms, this riparian vegetation can be described as a hardwood rainforest over
rocky substrate, with three strata and of porte mediano, reaching the higher canopies
about 10-12 meters, although there are taller specimens. The most abundant dendriform
species are: Gumbo-limbo, Bursera simaruba; cuerno de buey, Exothea paniculata; palo de
leche, Rauvolfia nitida; cigua blanca, Ocotea coriacea; caimitillo, Chrysophyllum oliviforme;
jobobán, Trichilia hirta; caimito cimarrón, Chrysophyllum argenteum; memiso, Muntingia
calabura, and many fruit trees introduced there, such as: mango, Mangifera indica, and
limoncillo, Melicoccus bijugatus. Here excels the robin tree cactus, Pilosocereus polygonus.
Photo 4.66: Riparian Vegetation of Bao River, near to the Spa of Jánico
In the canopy or intermediate strata there are arbustivas and arbolitos, such as: palito de
leche, Tabernaemontana citrifolia; escobón, Eugenia foetida; palo de cotorra, Randia aculeata;
aguacero, Poitea paucifolia; tabacuelo, Pictetia sulcata; buzunuco, Hamelia patens, and mata
caballo, Polygala penaea. Among the herbaceous there are: lengua de suegra, Oeceoclades
maculata, as well as Cyperáceas and many Gramineae (Poaceas). The main lianas are:
timacle, Chiococca alba; bejuco costilla, Serjania polyphylla, and oreja de ratón, Cissampelos
pareira.
COR-01-EI-004-07
Page 158
Photo 4.67: Riparian Vegetation of Bao River, near the Spa of Jánico
COR-01-EI-004-07
Page 159
Riparian Vegetation
Sampling was done to the riparian vegetation of Bao River, on the Spa called Aguas
Calientes. The vegetation reaches a median to high growth. The main dendriform
species are: jabilla, Hura crepitans; Ice-cream-bean, Inga vera; caimito cimarrón,
Chrysophyllum argenteum; penda, Citharexylum fruticosum; casia amarilla, Senna siamea;
guásuma, Guazuma tomentosa; palo de burro, Dendropanax arboreus, and palo amargo,
Trichilia pallida. In addition, there are shrubs, lianas, herbaceous species and epífitas. (see
Photos 4.69 y 4.70).
Photo 4.68: Aguas Calientes Spa on the Bao River
Photo 4.69: Riparian Vegetation of Bao River on the Aguas Calientes Spa

Section IX (Complementary Study)
COR-01-EI-004-07
Page 160
To continue the order of sections in which he area was divided for the field
investigation, it was called “Section IX” the complementary study completed on the
Higüero area, next to the Jagua River through the Jánico-Juncalito road, and it includes a
Boa River section. The location of the “Powerhouse” and other conecting works as well
as the new location for the return of the waters used in the turbines to the Boa River
mean changes to the tunnels, relocation of the camps and open new roads.
Photo 4.70: Higüero Spa, West of the bridge
In the place called Higüero, west of the bridge over the Jánico-Juncalito road, and to the
north of the Jagua River and its influent, called Los Plátanos, the Powerhouse wil be
installed, and to the east of the bridge, near the Spa, the works camp will be established.
These infrastructures will be connected through roads built parallel to the Jagua River
and a section of its influent, the Los Plátanos River. On the other hand, the new place
selected to return the waters to the Bao River are downstream of the Jánico Spa and the
bridge on the Jánico-Los Cagüeyes road. Initailly, a place upstream of the Spa had been
selected.
COR-01-EI-004-07
Page 161
Photo 4.71: Higüero Spa, East of the bridge
Flora
In this place, no species that was different to the ones in the general flora inventory of
the project area was found. The flora is predominantly autochthonous (native and
endemic), although there are several exotic species, both naturalized and cultivated.
Types of Vegetation or or Vegetative Associations
In the areas to be intervened in this place, it can be observed the following types of
vegetative associations:
Riparian Vegetation
This type of vegetation is found on Jagua River and two of its influents: Higüeroand Los
Plátanos. The first, to which the place is named, come in from the right whereas the
second enters from the left and is closer to the “Powerhouse”. In general terms, the
riparian vegetation does not differ much between the two river, and respect to the other
similar environments described in the area of the project, there could be variations in
composition due to the presence or absence of some species, but generally, they are
much alike. A notable case on the Jagua River and its influents is that in this the section
of its watershed the Malay Apple Syzygium jambos, is not predominant as is in Los
Limones, for instance. Here it is rather scarce.
COR-01-EI-004-07
Page 162
Photo 4.72: Panoramic View of Jagua River, in Higüero
In this type of environment several sampling and observation points were established:
306351 E / 2128967 N (proximities of the confluence of Jagua River with Higüero River);
306069 E / 2128475 (Los Plátanos River); 306447 E / 2129361 N (on the bridge over the
Jagua River).
Photo 4.73: Riparian Vegetation on Los Plátano River
This reparian forest is of reaches a median to high growth, although there are some
emerging tall specimens. The main arborescentes species: yarumal, Cecropia schreberiana;
Ice-cream-bean, Inga vera; jina, Inga fagifolia; canela de la tierra, Cinnamomum
grisebachianum; guázara, Eugenia domingensis; almendro, Prunus occidentalis; víbora,
Oreopanax capitatus; amacey, Tetragastris balsamifera; palo amargo, Trichilia pallida; mara,
COR-01-EI-004-07
Page 163
Calophyllum calaba, and caimito cimarrón, Chrysophyllum argenteum, and palo de burro,
Dendropanax arboreus. In addition, there are several specimen of mango, Mangifera indica,
as a product of cultivation. Among the shrubs of the sotobosque there are: caimoní,
Wallenia laurifolia; palito de leche, Tabernaemontana citrifolia; arito, Poitea galegoides;
guayuyo prieto, Piper amalago; aniceto, Piper jacquemontianum; garrapatita, Miconia
laevigata, and pelúa, Clidemia umbellata.
Photo 4.74: Higüero River enters Jagua River to the right
Among the herbaceous species there are of the most resistant to shade, such as: alcarrizo,
Lasiacis divaricata y L. sorghoidea; pega-pega, Pharus lappulaceus; cejúa, Pilea setigera and
some ferns like culantrillo de pozo, Adiantum pyramidale and A. tenerum. The tall
Gramineae, named caña brava, Gynerium sagittatum, and other aquatic species such as
yerba de jicotea, Ludwigia erecta; L. octovalvis, and cebolleta o sombrillita, Cyperus spp,
grow abundantly in or near the water.
COR-01-EI-004-07
Page 164
Photo 4.75: Powerhouse Area, in the Higüero
But on the shore grow diverse herbaceous species, mostly Gramineae that are cultivated
on the surroundings, like guinea grass, Panicum maximum; yaraguá, Melinis minutiflora,
and Brachiaria spp., as well as others naturalized, being forage or “weeds”, among them:
celadilla, Melinis repens, and pajón haitiano or invasora, Bothriochloa pertusa. Among the
climbers, one of the species most abundant is thel samo o zamo, Entada gigas; but there
also are bejuco de pabellón, Trichostigma octandrum; bejuco de costilla, Paullinia pinnata,
and oreja de ratón, Cissampelos pareira, among others.
Photo 4.76: Riparian Vegetation on Jagua River
Grasslands with trees
COR-01-EI-004-07
Page 165
Photo 4.77: View from above of work camp area, in Higüero.
This type of vegetative association is the predominant environment in the
“Powerhouse”, and in such several sampling and observation points were established:
305096 E y 2129984; 305833 E / 2128452 N; 473127 E / 2130962 N; 472917 E / 2131588 N;
471408 E / 2134321 N, y 306046 E / 2135816 (highest area of the camp); 306352 E /
2129483 N (camp area adjacent to the Jagua River).
Photo 4.78: Grassland in the Area of Construction of the Powerhouse
In general terms, these grasslands or grazing lands with trees are similar to the ones
described in other sections. The predominant Gramineae are: sinaí or San Ramón,
Brachiaria brizantha; guinea grass, Panicum maximum, and the one called invasisve or
pajón haitiano, Bothriochloa pertusa. But there are others that have been introduced as
forage and that have naturalized, por instance yaraguá, Melinis minutiflora, which are
COR-01-EI-004-07
Page 166
natives that grow wild in the zone, like pelúa, Digitaria ciliaris, or rabo de mulo,
Andropogon spp. There are many other wide leave herbaceous: buttonweed, Spermacoce
assurgens; verbena, Stachytarpheta jamaicensis; amor seco, Desmodium adscendens and D.
incanum.
Photo 4.79: Grasslands with Trees on the Powerhouse Area
There are shrubs such as: buzunuco, Hamelia patens; guayuyo, Piper aduncum; guayabo,
Psidium guajavo; pelúa, Clidemia umbellata; garrapatica, Miconia laevigata; rompezaragüey,
Eupatorium odoratum, and doña sanica, Lantana camara. By being open and sunny places,
there are numerous climbers, mainly vines such as: bejuco de caro, Cissus verticillata;
bejuco de costilla, Serjania polyphylla; guatavo, Ipomoea indica; gratey, Dalechampia
scandens; campanita, Turbina corymbosa, and oreja de ratón, Cissampelos pareira.
COR-01-EI-004-07
Page 167
Photo 4.80: Typical Vegetation if the Powerhouse Area
The main arborescente species on the grasslands or potreros is the pine, Pinus
occidentalis, be it becuase it has remained as relict in the areas intervened or because it
has colonized after being removed from the forest. However, this is a pinewoods
characteristical zone. Nevertheless, there are many hardwood trees like: Malay Apple,
Syzygium jambos; caimito grande, Chrysophyllum cainito (scarce), Ice-cream-bean, Inga
vera; jina, Inga fagifolia; palo santo, Myrsine coriacea, jobobán, Trichilia hirta, among others.
Fruit trees considered persistent after cultivation are: mano, Mangifera indica, and
avocado, Persea americana.
Photo 4.81: Riparian Vegetation and Grassland on Los Plátanos River
COR-01-EI-004-07
Page 168
Crops
In the neighboring areas, although mostly outside the area to be impacted directly, crops
have been developed, as much for commerce as for subsistence. The main commercial
crop is coffee, Coffea arabica. Other crops are, for instance: banana, Musa sapientum
(Musa AAA), and plaintain, Musa x paradisiaca (Musa AAB). Most environments are
located south of the Higüero and Jagua Rivers. In farmyards and orchards, there are
other cultivated species, either ornamental, medicinal, for fruit, for shade, etcetera.
Photo 4.82: Small Crops in the Powerhouse Area

Area of Influence of Water Return on the Bao River
The new place proposed for the water return (or “reintegration”) from the turbines to
the Bao River is located downstream of the Jánico Spa, where the river make a tight turn
and forms a “V” shape. From there on, there is a straight section with influence from the
trail of the dam over the river. The high areas surrounding the river on its eastern or
right side are covered mostly with grasslands with trees and the left margin, on the Boa
community, villages and open environments with poor cover predominate.
COR-01-EI-004-07
Page 169
Photo 4.83: Panoramic View of the place of water return on the Bao River.
Flora
The flora in this section of the Bao River is no different from the inventory upstream
where the return of the turbines water was initially established. It consists mostly of
autochtonous dendriform and herbaceous species, although there are a high percentage
of exotic plants, especially ruderal, vials and, or many fruit trees or shade trees, for
instance.
Photo 4.84: Area of Influence of water return on the Bao River
COR-01-EI-004-07
Page 170
Here two sampling and observation points were established. The first was located near
the return of the waters from the turbines to the (310104 E / 2135177 N) and the other
was located after a straight section, where the river has widened, forming a “lagoon”,
due to the effect of the flooding (311069 E / 2135816 N).
Riparian Vegetation
The riparian vegetation in this section is a fine bank of trees, and in some areas it has
even dissapeared due to the river flooding, mainly where it nears the dam trail, where a
wide beach or “lagoon” is formed on the riverbed. The main arborescentes species are:
jabilla criolla, Hura crepitans; Ice-cream-bean, Inga vera; memiso, Muntingia calabura;
flamboyant, Delonix regia; caimito cimarrón, Chrysophyllum argenteum; casia amarilla,
Senna siamea; guasuma, Guazuma tomentosa; palo amargo, Trichilia pallida, y jobobán,
Trichilia hirta.
Photo 4.85: Vicinity of la dam trail in the area of influence of discharge, Río Bao.
There are many shrubs like: palito de leche, Tabernaemontana citrifolia; buzunuco, Hamelia
patens; escobón, Eugenia foetida; Juanilama, Lippia alba (very abundant); palo de cotorra,
Randia aculeata, and doña sanica, Lantana camara. Among the climbers there are: bejuco
cascarita, Stigmaphyllon emarginatum; bejuco caro, Cissus verticillata; bejuco de costilla,
Serjania polyphylla; bejuco pabellón, Trichostigma octandrum; oreja de ratón, Cissampelos
pareira, and bejuco de jabón o de indio, Gouania polygama. Hay varias plantas acuáticas o
palustres, sobre todo Poáceas y Cyperáceas.
COR-01-EI-004-07
Page 171
4.6
FAUNA
4.6.1
Introduction
Fauna in general, specially vartebrates as mammals, play a very important role within
the ecosystems, reason by which the inventories of these, as well as the identification of
the negative impacts that affect them and on the environment in general, are of vital
importance, this is before, during and after the excecution of proyects that implies the
construction of infrastructure works, as in the case of the Las Placetas Hydroelectric
Proyect, in view of it could cause impacts, as much as to the species of the fauna as to
the environment where they live.
The inventories about the vertebrates fauna (amphibians, reptiles, birds and mammals),
imply the characterization of the species of the groups befote mentioned, that are
associatedto the different existing vegetal formations within the study area.
For the area of study there is general and specific information regarding the fauna and
vertebrates (amphibians, reptiles and birds),among them are quoted: Plan de Manejo de
la Cuenca del Río Bao, SEA (1981); Guía para la Identificación de los Anfibios y Reptiles
de La Hispaniola, Schwartz & Henderson (1984); Sistema de Áreas Protegidas de la
República Dominicana, Valdez y Mateo (1989); Plan de Manejo y Conservación del
Parque Nacional Armando Bermúdez, HIDRÁULICA, S.A. (1997); Evaluación Ecológica
Integrada del Programa de Conservación y Manejo de la Región Madres de Las Aguas,
TNC (1999); Informaciones Generales de las Áreas Protegidas de la República
Dominicana, SEMARN (2003); Descripción del Ambiente Físico- Natural y
Socioeconómico de la Región del Proyecto Las Placetas, Hernández (2006); Los Parques
Nacionales Armando Bermúdez y José del Carmen Ramírez (SEMARN, 2006).
Other studies performed in the proximity of the Project area are: the studies about
amphibians and reptiles of the Las Antillas, Schwartz y Henderson (1991); the
investigations carried out by Wunderle & Latta (1996 and 1998); Latta & Wunderle
(1998), which is related to both of the broad-billed Todys barrancolíes ecological species
of the Isla Española, Wunderle (1999); Estudio de Impacto Ambiental del Proyecto
Hidroeléctrico Manabao-Bejucal- Tavera, Intecsa-Inarsa, S.A. (2001). Also, throught the
Isla Española such as the Dominican Republic we find La Diversidad Biológica en la
República Dominicana (SEA/DVS, 1990 a y b).
4.6.2
The Objectives
The objectives of this study are indicated below:
COR-01-EI-004-07
Page 172

Carry out inventories of the amphibians, reptiles, birds and mammals’ species, with
the purpose of making a characterization of them, and at the same time relate them
with the different vegetal formations of the Project area;

Identify the protected species, both at the national as well as the international scope;

Verify and evaluate the possible impacts on the aforementioned fauna groups, as
well as on the environment;

Identify fragile or critical ecosystems, or of natural importance, as well as those
protected by the national laws;

Determine the possible Project damages on the fauna species and on the
environment, to prevent, avoid and establish measures to mitigate the damages,
through the elaboration of an environmental adaptation and management plan, for
the benefit of present and future generations.
4.6.3
Methods
The data on the amphibians, reptiles and birds included in the present inventory were
obtained during the days 21 and 22 of June, 2007. During the inventory 19 walk trough
were done including two during the night at the 17 sampling points established at the
Project area and influence zones, except on point 9, which could not be sampled due to
the flood of the Jagua river; in addition the existing environments were taken in
consideration in each of them. The data on the mammals was collected afterwards.
At each point it was registered the coordinates using the UTM (Universal Transverse
Mercator) system, at the begining and the end of the walk troughs performed in the
Project area; also for some of the endangered species.
The inventories were done following the transect method on each selected point,
registering each of the species individuals observed or heard trough song, at both sides
of them, which reached lengths comprised among 100 and 300 meters approximately.
Concerning the amphibians and reptiles, the sampling were realizad taking in
consideration the behavior and preferred environment, through active search among the
vegetation found at the syudy area and influence zones, mainly at leaves, tree branches
and logs, bushes and Gramineae, green fences, rotten trunks, rocks, stones and in the
soil; in addition observations were made both inside and around the water bodies.
Additionaly, people that live in the different communities located both inside and at the
perimeter of the Project, were consulted.
COR-01-EI-004-07
Page 173
Regarding birds, the counting was made through direct observations or with the use of
binoculars with optics capacity of 8 x 50 millimeters.
The identification of amphibians, reptiles and birds species was made by means of insitu observations or through the revision of documents and field guidances as: (Cochran,
1941; Henderson et al, 1984; Schwartz y Henderson, 1991; Raffaele, 1998; Powell et al,
1996 - 1999).
The inventory of the species of the aforementioned groups was done in the period of
time comprised among 8:30 am – 12:05 pm; 1:02 - 4:24 pm; 6:15 – 8:20 pm.
The characterization of each sampled environment will be included in the Project’s
botanical report. For the verification of the scientific names of some plants to which the
fauna is associated, the “Diccionario Botánico de Nombres Vulgares de La Española”
(Liogier, 2000) was consulted.
4.6.4
Results and discussion
Brief description of the environments found in each of the Project areas, at which the
different vertebrate fauna species (amphibians, reptiles and birds) were detected and
reported, since the botanical report describes and characterizes each environment in a
more detailed way.
For the Sabaneta area and its environment, samplings were made in five (5) points,
which are detailed below:
1. Dam site/ reservoir La Majagua, Mata Grande, which the Project denominates
Sabaneta, located at the coordinates 290374E-2122745N. Here prevails the river bank
vegetation and the hardwood forest with some pine trees;
2. Bao River y Arroyo Antón Sape Bueno confluence, downstream of the proposed
reservoir lacation, located at coordinates 290762E-2123047N. Dominant environment,
river bank vegetation and primary forest with hardwood some alterations;
3. Grazing land with trees at the influence area by which the tunnel that connects Mata
Grande with Los Limones will cross, located at the coordinates point 291008E2123961N;
4. Mata Grande neighborhood, at the Rio Bao border, coordinates point 291594E2124328N. Altered hardwood forest, with presence of trees like malay apple, Icecream-bean, cupey, corazón de paloma and pine, among others;
COR-01-EI-004-07
Page 174
5. Around the bridge over the Bao River, on the way toward Sabaneta, at the place
where it will be constructed the road toward reservoir La Majagua, Mata Grande,
coordinates 293105E-2124753N. At this river neighborhood is the altered river bank
forest, a little coffee plantation and potreros; among the common plants are Icecream-bean, guayuyo, coffee and Gramineae.
4.6.4.2 Los Limones Dam and its influence area
This area conform the following points:
1. Los Limones Dam site, the rivers Jagua and El Peñon confluence, it is located at the
coordinates 302452E-2121581N. Here the riparian vegetationis dominated by malay
apple; at the superior left margin of the Jagua River there are grazing land with trees,
while at the superior right margin there are pinewoods;
2. Left margin of the Peñón River, way to the place known as Peñón, near the discharge
location of the Jagua River; the point located at the coordinates 302240E-2121432N.
The predominant vegetation is hardwood riparian forest, in good state of
conservation;
3. Jagua River, upstream of the Los Limones reservoir and of the site denominated Dos
Bocas, (two steams of the same river get together forming an islet); whose
coordinates are 302240E-2121432N. This place is dominated by the hardwood
riparian forest and coffee plantation with “mara” planted trees lines.
Here a sampling point denominated point 7 was established; this point is located at the
coordinate 301722E-2124586N. This point is precisely in a grazing area with wide leaves
trees and pine trees.
4.6.4.4 Spa Bao River and its area of influence
This area conform the following points:
1. Proximity of the Bao River, in the Jánico-Juncalito, Spa ofthe community of Jánico.
In this place the tunnel will reincorporate the water, after being passed through the
turbines, to the Bao River; it is located at the coordinate 309274E-2135162N. In this
point the riparian forest is still well conserved.
2. Bao River downstream of the tunnel discharge location and of the Spa of Jánico; it is
located in the coordinates 309643E-2135236N. The dominant vegetation is the
hardwood riparian forest.
COR-01-EI-004-07
Page 175
4.6.4.5 Agua Caliente Bao River (Spa) Bridge
This area is located at point 6, just around the mentioned river bridge, in the way
towards Las Placetas community; the coordinates point is 300413E-2128555N. In all the
border of the river is the riparian vagetation, followed by the hardwood forest and
above grazing lands with pines and hardwood.
It will possibly touch the following points:
1. Point located in the way of the Las Terrazas towards the Demajagua inside
community, on the top of a hill known as Alto de La Manacla, whose coordinates are
302610E-2129465N. Here are grazing lands and very small patches of secondary
hardwood forest;
2. Damajagua Adentro; point located at the coordinates 304311E-2129954N.
3. Hardwood riparian vegetation at a water stream; above, grazing lands with trees,
also small farming and housings;
4. La Bija community, Jánico-Juncalito road, to the north of the proponed axis for the
construction of the Los Limones - Bao River; it is located at the coordinates 304917E2130050N. In the area exists pine trees plantation and grasslands;
5. Point between La Bija and La Cejita communities, in the Jánico-Juncalito road, to the
north of the proponed axis for the construction of the Los Limones - Bao River;
coordinates 305176E-2130245N. In the area there are grazing lands with trees,
forestal species crops and Patchouli plant, as well as minor fruits, and housings;
6. Las Cejitas community, around the Jánico-Juncalito road, to the north of the
projected axis for the aforementioned tunnel, located at the coordinates 306533E2132757N. This area is constituted by grasslands with wide-leaves trees and palm
trees.
4.6.5
Amphibians and Reptiles
During the inventory realizad in the project area and its influence area 102 individuals
were counted, distributed in 8 species of a total of 16 present in the study area. From
these 7 correspond to the amphibians group and 9 to the reptiles (see the following
table). The different species identified by the Works performed for the region of the
Project by TNC (1999) and Hernández (2006), and the inventory performed by the State
Secretary of Agricultura in 1981 at the Armando Bermúdez Nacional Park, could be
added to the total of 16 species, which will add to the present inventory 14 more species
for a total of 30 species for both groups (see list in Table 4.53).
COR-01-EI-004-07
Page 176
Table 4.53: List of amphibians and reptiles species at the Project area
Groups/families
Amphibians
Bufonidae
Hylidae
Hylidae
Hylidae
Leptodactylidae
Leptodactylidae
Leptodactylidae
Reptiles
Anguidae
Scientific Name
Common Name
Bufo marinus
Status
Geographical
Distribution
Total
Individuals
I
t-am
Report
E
t-r
2
E
t-r
Report
E
t-am
2
Cane Toad
Hispaniolan green
Hyla heilprini A
tree frog
Hispaniolan Giant
Osteopilus vasta A
Treefrog
Osteopilus dominicensis Hispaniolan
A
Common Treefrog
Eleutherodactylus
abbotti A
Abbott’s rubber frog
Hispaniolan giant
Eleutherodactylus
inoptatus A
eleuth
Eleutherodactylus sp.
Small frog
E
t-am
13
E
E
t-am
5
Report
Celestus costatus
N
t-am
Report
E
E
E
E
N
N
t-am
t-am
t-am
t-am
t-am
t-am
Report
5
2
7
66
Report
E
t-am
Report
Polychrotidae
Polychrotidae
Polychrotidae
Polychrotidae
Polychrotidae
Boidae
Anolis baleatus A
Anolis chlorocyanus
Anolis Christopher
Anolis cybotes
Anolis distichus
Epicrates striatus A
Colubridae
Antillophis parvifrons A
Costate Galliwasp
Dominican
giant
anole
Blue-green anole
Anole
Large-headed anole
Bark anole
Haitian boa
Hispaniolan black
racer
Blunt-headed green
treesnaker
Uromacer catesbyi A
Colubridae
E
t-am
Total
16 species
Legend:
Status: E= Endemic, N= Native, I= Introduced
Geographical Distribution: t-am=all the Island-ample, t-r=all the Island-restricted
A= Endangered
Report
102
The amphibian species belong to the Anura order, Bufonidae, Hylidae and
Lectodactylidae families and the Bufo, Hyla, Osteopilus and Eleutherodactylus genus, this
last one represented by three (3) species. On the other hand the reptiles correspond to
the Squamata, Subordenes, Lacertilia and Snakes order, Anguidae, Polychrotidae,
Boidae and Colubridae families, as well as the Celestus, Anolis, Epicrates, Antillophis y
Uromacer genus. Of these, the Anolis genus was the best represented, regarding the
number of species, with five (5) taxon.
All the amphibians species detected in the study area and its environment are endemic
of the La Española island, except the “Cane Toad” (Bufo marinus), which is introduced.
Regarding the reptiles, two (2) are natives and the other are endemic of the island,
COR-01-EI-004-07
Page 177
resulting in a high number of endemic species for the first group, as well as for the
second group, condition which is determined by the low dispertion capacity that the
two group species possess (see Table 4.54).
The local residents observed or reported amphibians as well as the reptiles species for
the Project area and influence zones are widely distributed within the La Española, with
the exception of the frog (Hyla heilprini y Osteopilus vasta), as well as the Dominican
giant anole (Anolis baleatus) that although its distribution is ample it is restricted to the
Dominican Republic.
With respect to the amphibians, the species that resulted most common was the little
frog (Eleutherodactylus abbotti) with 13 specimens, which is due to the fact that it does not
have any particular habitat preference. Concerning reptiles, the most abundant species
was the common lizard (Anolis distichus), represented by 66 individuals (Photo 4.86).
Photo 4.86: Common lizard (Anolis distichus)
The endangered amphibian species observed in the Project area and its influence area
were the small frogs (“ranitas”) (Eleutherodactylus abbotti and Eleutherodactylus inoptatus),
and the hispaniolan common treefrog (Osteopilus dominicensis) (Photo 4.87), al in the
category of Lesser or Minnor Preoccupation (LC), according to the Internacional Union
for the Consarvation of Nature IUCN (2006), as well as the frog (Hyla heilprini,)
considered Vulnerable (VU) by the Global Amphibian Assens (2005). All located in the
direct influence area of the Sabaneta Dam.
COR-01-EI-004-07
Page 178
Photo 4.87: Hispaniolan Common Treefrog (Osteopilus dominicensis)
Other amphibians endangered species reported by different sources for the Project
region are: the frog (Osteopilus vasta), the little frogs (Eleutherodactylus auriculatoides,
Eleutherodactylus haitianus, Eleutherodactylus minutus, Eleutherodactylus patriciae and
Eleutherodactylus pituinus), all in the category of Endangered both by the IUCN (2006) as
well as by the Global Amphibian Assessment (2005), as well as the little frogs
(Eleutherodactylus audanti y Eleutherodactylus weinlandi). Of these last two (2), the first one
is registered as Vulnerable and the other as Lesser Proccupation (LC) according to the
first organization.
In the E. minutus particular case, the same is reported for the influence area of the
Sabaneta Dam.
Although it is true that the amphibian species mentioned in the previous paragraph
were not observed in the present study, do not stop being important, not only for being
endemic of the La Española, but because in addition some are also endemic of the
Central Mountain range; to this it is added the endangered condittion in different
categories established by the entities mentioned before.
In the case of threatened reptiles, there are the Dominican giant anole (Anolis baleatus),
the Haitian boa (Epicrates striatus), the Hispaniolan black racer (Antillophis parvifrons),
and the blunt-headed green treesnaker (Uromacer catesbyi), all in the category of
Vulnerable (VU) as per the SEA/DVS (1990 a and b) adopted criteria of the ICBP (1981).
In addition, it shall be mentioned that the second species is included in the Appendix II
of the Convention on Internacional Trade in Endangered Species of Wild Fauna and
Flora (CITES, 2006) (Convención Sobre el Comercio Internacional de Especies
Amenazadas de Fauna y Flora Silvestres).
COR-01-EI-004-07
Page 179
The report of two (2) endemic is enphasized, which were located in the Sabaneta
reservoir area and its influence area, these are Anolis etheridgei y Anolis insolitus.
Consequently, almost all the amphibians and reptiles species that are identified as
threatened, as a result of the loss and fragmentation of the habitats, of infrastructure
developings, demographic expansion, increase of the agricultural frontiers, logging for
charcoal, illegal trade of some species, among other reasons by which at the moment of
the realization of a Project of this or other nature, it is of a vital importante to implement
measures to prevent, avoid or mitigate the impact both to the environment as to the
before mentioned species or groups.
One may emphasize the value of biological controls of the amphibians and reptiles
species, due to the reason that they include as their diet a great ammount of insects,
many of them considered plagues that cause damage both to the men as to the national
agriculture, which are constituted in controls, favoring the ecological equilibrium in the
ecosystems, from there the importance from its conservation point of view.
4.6.6
Results by Areas
4.6.6.1 Amphibians and Reptiles
As can be observed in the following table, the environment that conform the area
denominated Sabaneta Dam and its influence area contains the mayor ammount of
species and individuals of amphibians and reptiles of the whole Project, followed by the
Las Placetas, then the location where the transmission Line will pass, the Bao River Spa
and its influence area, Los Limones Dam and finally Agua Caliente Bao River (Spa)
Bridge, nevertheless, this last one holds the second position regarding the number of
specimen. Those results could be influenced by different aspects, such as: type of
vegetal association, soils composition, habitat of preference, disponibility of food, place
for shelter, and climatic conditions, among other aspects.
Table 4.54: List of amphibian species and reptiles, by areas of the Project
Scientific Name
Amphibian
Bufo marinus
Hyla heilprini
Osteopilus vasta
Osteopilus dominicensis
Eleutherodactylus abbotti
Eleutherodactylus inoptatus
Eleutherodactylus sp.
Reptiles
COR-01-EI-004-07
I
Report
2
Report
2
13
5
II
Areas
III
Totals
IV
V
VI
Report
2
Report
2
13
5
Report
Page 180
Scientific Name
Celestus sp.
Anolis baleatus
Anolis chlorocyanus
Anolis christopher
Anolis cybotes
Anolis distichus
Epicrates striatus
Antillophis parvifrons
Uromacer catesbyi
Totals of species
Totals of individuals
Areas
Totals
Report
Report
2
3
2
4
15
Report
Report
Report
14
43
6
Report
1
7
2
1
25
1
11
5
2
7
66
Report
Report
3
8
6
2
3
11
2
26
2
12
102
Legend:
I= Sabaneta Dam and its influence Area
III= Los Limones Dam and its influence Area
III= Las Placetas/El Higüero
IV= Spa Bao River and its influence Area
V=Aguas Calientes Bao River (Spa) Bridge
VI = Transmission Line
This area was represented by 14 species, 6 amphibian and 8 reptiles, including 7
reported by people resident in the Project area and its environment, with a total of 43
individuals registered (see Table 4.54).
All the amphibian species are endemic of the La Española Island, except the cane toad
(Bufo marinus) which was introduced to the island by the 1930’s, as biological control in
the sugar cane plantations, which demonstrate that the large number of endemic species
of that group is due to the low capacity to move from one place to another.
Only the bark anole (Anolis distichus) and the Haitian boa (Epicrates striatus), among the
eight (8) reptiles species, are only native non endemic of the island, which means that
the large number of endemic species is due to the low dispersión capacity that the
species of this group possess.
The Abbott’s rubber frog (Eleutherodactylus abbotti) was constituted in the amphibian
with the highest amount registered with 13 individuals.
The bark anole (Anolis distichus) resulted in the highest number registered, with sixty six
(66) individuals counted, but the anole (Anolis christophei) resulted in lowest registered
number with two (2) individuals.
COR-01-EI-004-07
Page 181
The threatened amphibian species are the following: Hispaniolan green tree frog (Hyla
heilprini), Hispaniolan Common Tree Frog (Osteopilus dominicensis), and the ranitas
(Eleutherodactylus abbotti y Eleutherodactylus inoptatus); the first in the category of
Vulnerable (VU) both by the Global Amphibian Assessment (2005) as well as by the
IUCN (2006), and the others in Least Concern (LC) according to the IUCN (2006). The
coordinate points where those species were found are indicated, by species, below:

Hispaniolan green tree frog (Hyla heilprini) 291594E-2124328N at the Bao River bank;
290971E-2124922N at the border of the Matica de Plátano stream;

Hispaniolan Common Treefrog (Osteopilus dominicensis) 291594E-2124328N; 291202E2124397N Mata Grande town;

Abbott’s rubber frog (Eleutherodactylus abbotti)
2124753N;

Hispaniolan giant eleuth (Eleutherodactylus inoptatus) 291594E-2124328N.
291594E-2124328N; 293105E-
Threatened reptiles species are: dominican giant anole (Anolis baleatus), Hispaniolan
black racer (Antillophis parvifrons), blunt-headed green treesnaker (Uromacer catesbyi) and
the Haitian boa (Epicrates striatus), all in the category of Vulnerable (VU) according to
the SEA/DVS (1990 a y b), adopted criteria of the ICBP (1981). This last one, is also
regulated by the Convention CITES (2006), Appendix II. All of them were reported by
the local residents of the visited communities.
The amphibian species as well as the reptiles were observed, or their songs heard,int he
first group case, associated to: riparian vegetation, primary hardwood forest,altered
hardwood forest, cofee trees and grazing lands, basically on leaves, branches, troncos de
árboles, bushes, herbs or other plants like malay apple, palm trees, pine trees, Ice-creambean, cupey, coffee tree, yautia, on green fences, on rocks, on the soil, on houses roofs, as
well as in the river boddies surroundings; which means that these groups species use
these environments as shelter, place to get their food, reproduction or make a diverse
number of activities as lay in sun, copulate.
4.6.6.3 Los Limones Dam and its area of influence
Only two (2) reptiles’ species were registered in this Project area, one (1) species was
reported by local residents of the zone. Of these, eight (8) individuals were detected.
Among the reptiles only the anole (Anolis christophei) (Photo 4.88) is endemic of the
island, whereas the Haitian boa (Epicrates striatus) and the bark anole (Anolis distichus)
have been introduced in the island; in additionthis last one was the one that presented
the higher registered number, with six (6) individuals.
COR-01-EI-004-07
Page 182
Photo 4.88: Lizard “Anole” (Anolis christophei) characteristic of this environment
The only reptile species reported by the local residents, and that is threatened and
included in the category of Vulnerable (VU) according toto the SEA/DVS (1990 a and b),
criteria adopted from the ICBP (1981), was the Haitian boa (Epicrates striatus).
Usually, the individuals of the reptiles’ species were found clinging to branches and
trunks of common plants in the hardwood riparian forest, in grazing lands, pinewoods
and coffee plantation with mara plantations, whose more common trees are: Ice-creambean, cabrima and malay apple. These are used by the species of this group as shelter, a
way to obtain food, reproduction or to regulate their body temperature.
4.6.6.4 Las Placetas / El Higüero
In this Project site six (6) species are listed, of which five (5) were reported by the local
residents. One of these is represented by two (2) individuals.
In the case of the amphibians, only the Cane Toad (Bufo marinus) is introduced, theothers
are endemic in the area of the island. They were reported by people of the different
visited communities.
With respect to reptiles, Anolis distichus is the only native species that is not endemic; the
others are native and endemic of the island.
The threatened amphibian as well as reptiles species reported by the residents in the
Project zone, are the following: hispaniolan common treefrog (Osteopilus dominicensis) in
Minor Preoccupation or Lesser Concern (LC) according to IUCN (2006) and the snakes
COR-01-EI-004-07
Page 183
(Antillophis parvifrons y Uromacer catesbyi), both Vulnerable (UV) according to the
SEA/DVS (1990 a and b), criteria taken from the ICBP (1981).
The anoles species were observed on trunks and branches of common plants in grazing
lands with pine trees and wide leaves trees, as in the case of mango tree, malay apple,
palo de muñeco, etc., as well as green fences, due that these species are usually of
arboreal habits.
It is important to point out that this area has been heavily impacted, also some cows
grazing were observed, as well as a recently elaborated coal furnace.
4.6.6.5 Spa Bao River and its influence area
In the mentioned Spa three reptiles species were registered represented by eleven (11)
individuals, from these only the Bark anole (Anolis distichus) is native but not endemic,
the others are native and endemic of the island. It was the one with the higher
registered number with seven (7) individuals.
This was the area where relatively less species and individuals could be observed. (see
Table 4.54).
Almost every species were observed clinging to branches and trees trunks as Jina,
cabirma, real palm, Ice-cream-bean and jobo de puerco, common plants in the hardwood
riparian forest present in the mentioned site; this indicates that these reptiles are
associated with those substrates and to that kind of environment, which are used as
shelter, place to get their food, reproduction or make a diverse activities as copulate,
molt, and sun, among other things.
4.6.6.6 Aguas Calientes Bao River (Spa) Bridge
Among the different areas that conform the Project, the lower amount of species were
observed in this site, two (2) in total, nevertheless is one with the higher number of
individuals with 26; 25 of these corresponds to the species Anolis distichus, constituted in
the most observed of that place, and the Anolis chlorocyanus the least observed with 1
individual.
Relating to the status, the first species is native, whereas the second one is endemic of
the island.
Both species were detected on trunk trees of Ice-cream-bean, Jina, piñón cubano, cupey,
pine trees, as well as on herbs, green fences, rotten wood, and on the rocks, whose trees
COR-01-EI-004-07
Page 184
are charachteristic of the riparian vegetation, of the hardwood forest and the grazing
areas. This behavior shown by those species results from the fact that they prefer this
part of the trees to perch, search for food, sun or copulate.
In this area, similar to the previous one, two (2) species of lizards were seen, represented
by 12 individuals, 11 of them correspond to the bark anole (Anolis distichus) and the
other to the Large-headed anole (Anolis cybotes), constituted the first one as the higher
number registered.
From the status point of view, the first is native and the second endemic of the La
Española Island.
The individuals of the species observed were seen perchados to trunk trees as pines,
palo de muñeco, guarana, malay apple, Ice-cream-bean, piñón de cubano, among others,
which are common in the following vegetative associations found in the study area,
potreros, grasslands with hardwood trees, palm trees, secondary hardwood trees patch
hardwood riparian vegetation, pines plantation, forestal species and minor fruits crops,
etc. The presence of these lizards shows the dependence of them with the different
environments mentioned, since they are used as hanger, shelter place, to obtain food,
copulate, as well as other vital activities.
4.7
BIRDS
During the walk thruoghs performed in the Project area 31 species were detected, 17
residents, 11 endemic, 1 settler, 1 migratory with resident populations, and one
introduced (see Table 4.55).
Table 4.55: Birds by Areas, Las Placetas Project
Areas
Scientific Name
Egretta caerulea
Bubulcus ibis
Butorides virescens
Buteo jamaicensis
Falco sparverius
Zenaida macroura
COR-01-EI-004-07
Common Name
Little Blue Heron
Cattle Egret
Green Heron
Red-Tail Hawk
American Kestrel
Mourning Dove
Status
I
PR
C
PR
PR
PR
PR
1
3
3
II
III
IV
V
VI
Totals
2
2
2
2
1
1
Page 185
1
5
3
2
3
3
Areas
Scientific Name
Geotrygon montana
Amazona ventralis
Aratinga chloroptera
Saurothera longirostris
Crotophaga ani
Streptoprocne zonaris
Tachornis phoenicobia
Chlorostilbon swainsoni
Mellisuga minima
Priotelus roseigaster
Todus angustirrostris
Todus subulatus
Melanerpes striatus
Tyrannus dominicensis
Myiarchus stolidus
Contopus hispaniolensis
Mimus polyglottos
Dulus dominicus
Myadestes genibarbis
Vireo altiloquus
Coereba flaveola
Spindalis dominicensis
Phanicophilus palmarum
Passer domesticus
Tiaris olivacea
Total of 31 species
Common Name
Status
Ruddy-Quail Dove
Hispaniolan Parrot
* (A)
Hispaniolan
Parakeet * (A)
Hispaniolan Lizardcuckoo
Smooth-Billed Ani
White-Collared
Swift
Antillean
Palm
Swift
Hispaniolan
Emerald
Hummingbird
Vervain
Hummingbird
Hispaniolan Trogon
* (A)
Narrow-Billed
Tody
Broad-Billed Tody
Hispaniolan
Woodpecker
Gray Kingbird
Stolid Flycatcher
Hispaniolan Pewee
Northern
Mockingbird
Palmchat
Jilguero *
Black-Whiskered
Vireo
Yellow Tyrannulet
Hispaniolan
Spindalis
Black-CrownedPalm-Tanager
House Sparrow
Yellow-Faced
Grassquit
PR
E
I
II
III
IV
V
VI
Totals
*
21
21
E
*
E
1
M,PR
PR
2
2
2
1
6
2
4
3
3
8
3
PR
5
E
2
PR
7
2
1
1
2
E
11
*
E
1
E
E
2
2
1
PR
PR
E
PR
2
6
2
2
2
3
1
2
PR
PR
PR
2
PR
E
8
1
E
1
1
1
2
2
5
5
*
2
2
22
2
2
I
PR
17/61
2/6 7/12 4/11
9/19
2
3
1
2
2
2
4
2
3
2
2
2
2
11/20
129
Legend:
Status: PR= permanent resident; E= endemic; C= colonizadora; M, PR = migratory resident; I= introduced
Areas: I= Sabaneta Dam/ influence areas; II= Los Limones Dam; III= Las Placetas Powerhouse; IV= Spa Bao/ influence area; V= Aguas Calientes; VI=
Transmission Line.
COR-01-EI-004-07
Page 186
In the countings performed a total of 129 individuals were counted at the points
sampled corresponding to 31 species, being the most common: the yellow tyrannulet
(Coereba flaveola) with 22 individuals, followed by the Hispanolian parrot (Amazona
ventralis) with 21 individuals, then the vervain hummingbird (Mellisuga minima) with 11
individuals, the narrow-biled tody (Todus angustirrostris) with nine exemplaries and the
Antelliean Plam Swift (Tachornis phoenicobia), 8 individuals.
According to the literatura consulted, in the study area and adjacents zones including
the Armando Bermúdez Nacional Park, 77 species have been reported, 21 of them are
identified as threatened both by the SEA/DVS (1990b) as by the IUCN (2006). Among
them: the Rufous-collared sparrow (Zonotrichia capensis), whose distribution is restricted
to the zone; the Hispanolian quail dove (Geotrygon leucometopius), recently included in
the endemic list of the island; Antillean siskin (Carduelis dominicensis); Western Chattanager (Calyptophilus tertuis); the Bicknell’s Thrush (Catharus bicknelli); palm crow
(Corvus palmarum) and the Hispanollian crossbill (Loxia megaplaga), exclusive bird of the
pine trees. All these endemic species of the La Española Island, except the Rufouscollared sparrow, which is native, and the Bicknell’s Thrush, hence the great importance
of these areas for birds so sensitives as the aforementioned (see the list in the
attachment).
With respect to detected species in the present study and regulated by the Convention
(CITES, 2006), these are six (6): the American kestrel (Falco sparverius), the guaraguao
(Buteo jamaicensis), the hummingbirds (Mellisuga minima) and (Chlorostilbon swainsonii),
the Hispanolian parrot (Amazona ventralis), and the Hispaniolan conure (Aratinga
chloroptera), all included in the Appendix II of the before mentioned Convention.
Concerning to the threatened species in the Project area, the following are reported: thea
Hispanolian parrot (A. ventralis) and the Hispaniolan conure (Aratinga chloroptera),
which are listed as Vulnerables (VU) by the (IUCN, 2006) and by the (SEA/DVS, 1990b);
whereas the Hispaniolan trogon (Priotelus roseigaster) is included as Near Threatened
(NT) by IUCN, (2006); this last bird and the Hispaniolan conure were reported by the
inhabitants of the zone. The other species are included in the Lesser Concern (LC)
category.
In relation to the endemic species, the observed amount was relatively high with 11,
among them are: the Hispanolian parrot (A. ventralis), the hispaniolan woodpecker
(Melanerpes striatus), the palmchat (Dulus dominicus) “Our National Bird”, which was
observedin several ocassions eating pumpwood fruits, one of its favorites foods (Photo
4.86), the black-crowned Palm-tanager (Phaenicophilus palmarum), all three widespread in
the country and lives in several environments; whereas the hispaniolan lizard-cuckoo
(Saurothera longirostris) and the broad-billed Tody (Todus subullatus), narrow-billed tody
COR-01-EI-004-07
Page 187
(Todus angustirrostris), also widespread, but dependent of wooded areas, reason by
which should be taken into account at the time of the construction works. Other
reported endemic birds in the area were the Hispaniolan trogon (Priotelus roseigaster),
which also prefers the forests, but the mountains ones, to carry out his activities;
Hispaniolan pewee (Contopus hispaniolensis), and the Hispaniolan emerald (Chlorostilbon
swainsonii), among others.
Photo 4.89: Pumpwood Fruits (eats palmchat)
4.7.1
Studied Areas
4.7.1.1 Sabaneta Dam and surrounding areas
Regarding the distribution of the birds at the different explored areas, it can be noticed
that where the the Sabaneta Dam will be constructed, and the surrounding areas, were
the environments where the highest number of species and individuals were observed
with 17 and 61 respectively. Among the most common are, the Hispanolian parrot
(Amazona ventralis) with 21 exemplaries; this was observed at the coordinates 291594E /
2124328N and 293088E / 2124636N, the yellow tyrannulet (Coereba flaveola), 9
individuals, and the vervain hummingbird (Mellisuga minima) with 7 exemplaries.
Among the environments present at these points are: Primary hardwood Fores with
pines, riparian forest, potreros with trees, altered hardwood forest and coffee trees with
potreros.In some of these environments plants with fruits that are consumed by the
Hispanolian parrot, as the guarana (Photo 4.90), which could have influence in this bird
abundance. The location of the point where these individuals were seen is indicated in
the maps attachment.
COR-01-EI-004-07
Page 188
Photo 4.90: Fruits of the guarana
4.7.1.2 Los Limones Dam
In these points was where fewer amounts of species and individuals were observed with
2 and 4 respectively. The most common bird here was the yellow tyrannulet (Coereba
flaveola) with 4 individuals, perhaps due this point are constituted by hardwood riparian
forest, where the bird make its nest and search for flowers to suck. In addition two (2)
exemplaries of the guaraguao (Buteo jamaicensis) were observed.
During the counting made in this environment contituted by potreros with hardwood
trees and housing, even though it is an impacted area, 12 exemplaries were observed
pertaining to 7 species, in which the white-collard (Streptoprogne zonaris) reached the
highest number with trhee (3), followed by the hispaniolan woodpecker (Melanerpes
striatus), cattle egret (Bubulcus ibis) and the hispaniolan lizard-cuckoo (Saurothera
longirrostris) with 2 individuals by species. This last bird prefers environments like these
to search for food, shelter and nesting.
4.7.1.4 Spa Bao and area of influence.
In this area, composed of preserved riparian harwood forests, 10 specimens were
observed, distributed in 4 species. The most observed was Antillean Palm Swift
(Tachornis phoenicobia) with five specimens, the second most frequent was the yellow
tyrannulet (Coereba flaveola) and the gray kingbird (Tyrannus dominicensis), with 2
specimen each. A specimen of hispaniolan spindalis (Spindalis dominicensis), an endemic
COR-01-EI-004-07
Page 189
bird of Hispaniola was found, which was observed just twice, being the riparian
harwood forest one of its preffered habitats.
4.7.1.5 Area called Aguas Calientes
On this point, the most common bird was the yellow tyrannulet (C. flaveola), with 5
individuals, because in the riparian forest there are plants such as the Ice-cream-bean
that are food and shelter. Following were the stolid flycatcher (Myiarchus stolidus), with 3
specimen, the Hispaniolan Lizard-cuckoo (Saurothera longirostris), hispaniolan
woodpecker (Melanerpes striatus) and the Black-whiskered Vireo (Vireo altiloquus),
Black-crowned Palm-tanager (Phaenicophilus palmarum) with 2 specimen per species; all
these patronize this environment for the same reason as the yellow tyrannulet.
4.7.1.6 Transmision Line
Lastly, it could be observed in the area selected for the transmisión line environments
such as: grasslands with trees, small patches of secondary hardwood forest, riparian
vegetation, pinewood plantations, forestal species crops, patchouli plants, minor fruits
and residences. Here, despite the existing human activities, a total of 20 specimens of 11
species could be observed, being the se pudo antillean palm swift (T. phoenicobia), the
most abundant with 3 specimens, after which the palmchat (Dulus dominicus), northern
mockingbird (Mimus polyglottos), the yellow tyrannulet (C. flaveola), the yellow-faced
grassquit (Tiaris olivacea), smooth-billed ani (Crotophaga ani), vervain hummingbird
(Mellisuga minima) and the house sparrow (Passer domesticus), followed with 2 specimen
each per species. The latest is an omnivorous invasive bird, which includes in its diet
food wastes; for this reason, it has adapted to life among humans.
It could be noticed that in none of the points sampled were observed migratory birds,
since the counting was done off the bird migration season.
4.7.2
Fragil Environments
During the walkthroughs of the sampling points of the Project area, 11 fragil
environments were identified, such as: La Majagua Reservoir on the dam site,
confluence of Bao River and Antón Sapé Bueno Creek, Bao River riverbank on the en los
Mata Grande town surroundings (Photo 4.91), near Bao River on the road to Sabaneta,
Bao River (Aguas Calientes Spa) near the bridge on the road to Placetas, Los Limones
dam site in the Jagua River; margen left of the Peñón River; Jagua River upstream of Los
Limones reservoir and the site called “Dos Bocas”; Bao River in the vicinity of the bridge
over the Jánico-Juncalito road (Janico Spa); and Bao River downstream of the Spa.
COR-01-EI-004-07
Page 190
These are frágil environments because they are very sensitive to alterations and serve as
habitats for fauna species, especially from anphibians. From a water point of view, it
serves as a water resource for human and domestic use, as well as for irrigation, among
others.
Photo 4.91: Bao River
4.8
ICHTYOFAUNA
4.8.1
Introduction
The current study offers the baseline characteristics of the ichtyofauna of the Bao and
Jagua rivers as part of the Environmental Impact Assessment of Las Placetas
Hydroelectric Project, located in the Municipality of San José de Las Matas, northwest of
the Santiago Province. On this subject, there are background regional studies of the
freshwater ichtyofauna Schelhas et al. (2002) and NEODAT (2007) data, which involve
an important set of native and endemis species. This work contains Basic information for
the evaluation of environmental impacts of the Project over the aquatic biota.
4.8.2
Methods
For the characterization of the ichtyofauna in the region of Las Placetas Hydroelectric
Project, 12 key stations were located (Table 4.56), as shown in the map in Figure 4.45.
Stations 1 to 6 work located relative to the Bao River, while Stations 8 to 11 were located
relative to the Jagua River. Stations 7 and 12 correspond to the Bao Dam, final receptor
of the waters passing the turbines and which is representative of the watershed
ichtyofauna diversity. As explained, the fish were sutied considering key points on the
course of water envolved, directly or indirectly, with the main Works of the Project, with
COR-01-EI-004-07
Page 191
enfasis on the courses of the Bao and Jagua rivers. The selection of the stations
responded to the need for stations representative of the conditions ichtyofauna in the
places to be impacted by the reduction in flow, but also the search for accesible sites was
of influence, both for current sampling for baseline description as for easiness in the
future incorporation into a monitoring network.
Table 4.56: Ichtyofauna Sampling Stations
Station
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
Main River
Bao
Location
Antón Sape Bueno Creek
Bao River after uptake
Bao River in Matagrande
Bao River in Aguas Calientes
Arenoso Creek
Bao River in Damajagua
Bao Dam
Jagua River after uptake
Jagua River in Higuero
Úrsula Creek
La Sidra Creek
Bao Dam
Jagua
Elevation
(meters MSL)
940
840
740
620
840
440
340
800
620
620
340
340
UTM
E
290149
290411
292865
300354
301786
309445
311217
302479
306342
305990
308797
311183
UTM
N
2123510
2122681
2124556
2128533
2125056
2134976
2135362
2122033
2129101
2132090
2133590
2134010
7
2135000
6
12
2134000
11
2133000
10
2132000
2131000
2130000
9
2129000
4
2128000
Río Bao
2127000
Río Jagua
2126000
5
2125000
3
2124000
1
2123000
2
8
2122000
0
1000 2000 3000 4000 5000
Figure 4.45: Location of the Ichtyofauna sampling stations
COR-01-EI-004-07
Page 192
312000
311000
310000
309000
308000
307000
306000
305000
304000
303000
302000
301000
300000
299000
298000
297000
296000
295000
294000
293000
292000
291000
290000
2121000
The previous figure shows the location of the ichtyofauna sampling stations (blue
triangles) in the Las Placetas Hydroelectric Project. The main elements of the project are
shown in red and, on the background, the digital topographic model plane has been
superimposed.
The sampling were realizad using different fishing gear, trying to cover with each of
them all fish sizes, although the sampling effort could not be replicated in all stations.
The gear used were five: a) umbrella-type net with rings of 35 cm in diameter and mesh
openings of 0.2 cm to capture small fish (basically Poecilidae); b) jamos with rings of 20
and 50 cm in diameter and mesh of 0.4 and 4 cm openings, respectively, to capture small
and medium fish that prefer sand and gravel bottoms on the shallow backwaters; c) cast
net of 3 meters diameter and 1 cm mesh openings for large and médium fish (basically
cichlids) in deeper backwaters; d) fishing line with hook, weight and bait to capture
large and médium fish, as much in the backwaters as in the zones with larger flows; and
e) 2 cm. mesh fish net for passive capture of large and medium fish. For the selection of
the most adequate fishing gear, a search of the size intervals of the native freshwater
species and the ones introduced to the Dominican Republic was realized previously,
based on the work of Froese and Pauly (2007).
Continuous captures for one to three hours were made on all stations only for
qualitative purposes. Whenever posible, the specimens were identified in situ or were
preserved using 10% formalin until its identification with the help of clues and based on
its distributions and meristic and morphometric characteristics. In each case, the type of
substrate and slope were recorded.
In the case of the Bao Dam, observations were made and the local anglers were
consulted about the species captured. All the sampling and/or observation points were
georeferenced with a Magellan 315 GPS, to determine its position in the Universal
Transverse Mercator (Sistema de Coordenadas Universales Transversales de Mercator UTM), reference to NAD 27 for the Caribbean region. The sampling results were
complemented with previous records of the ichtyofauna for the region of the Las
Placetas Hydroelectric Project and recorded in the NEODAT (2007) database. Also, the
list of 52 freshwater fish species was consulted (18 species introduced and 36 natives),
reported for the Dominican Republic in the FishBase of Froesy and Pauly (2007), looking
for previous records for the region of interest.
To better improve the criteria about the degrees of vulnerability of the species reported
in the study region, the list of ichtyofauna was compared with the International
Conventions list that defines global degrees of tretas, like the appendices of the
Convention for the International Commerce of Flora and Fauna Species (Convención
para el Comercio Internacional de Especies de la Flora y la Fauna (CITES, 2007) and the
COR-01-EI-004-07
Page 193
Red List of the International Union for the Conservation of Nature (Unión Internacional
para la Conservación de la Naturaleza (IUCN, 2007).
The “Ley Sectorial de Biodiversidad” Project (USAID, 2002) was consulted at the
national level and, although it is yet to be approved, it sets the stage for the protection of
the most sensitive species.
4.8.3
Biotic Description
4.8.3.1 Physical Framework
Un factor relevante de la ichtyofauna es la altura, pues se reporta que en las cabeceras de
los ríos y los cursos de agua en alturas elevadas, la abundancia de peces se reduce
(Bistoni y Hued, 2002). También la temperatura influye sobre la distribución de la fauna,
pues la mayor parte de las especies reportadas para la ichtyofauna de agua dulce
dominicana tiene una distribución subtropical (temperaturas de 22°C o mayores), y las
aguas fluviales a mayor altura pueden sufrir descensos bruscos de hasta 12°C.
From a meteorologcal point of view, there also is relevance in extreme events such as
Hurricanes, whose torrential rains on the region’s rivers headwaters cuase strong water
currents and sediments transport. In fact, Schelhas et al. (2002) reports that after
Hurricane David, all the aquatic fauna was practically obliterared in the Yaque River
and its tributaries, on the mountain headwaters.
4.8.3.2 Distribution of the ichtyofauna
In general, for the region of the Las Placetas Hydroelectric Project, there are thirteen
known species of fish (see Table 4.57), of which 9 are natives and 3 endemic, and 4 exotic
species draw attention, related to the introductions of fish that historically have occurred
in this watershed. The carp Cyprinus carpio, the redbreast tilapia Tilapia rendalli, the Nile
Tilapia Oreochromis niloticus and the Mozambique Tilapia Oreochromis mossambicus, have
become invasisve species, whose impact over the autochthonous populations has not yet
been studied, si bien it is undeniable that is shear size has made it a valuable fishery
resource for the local communities.
COR-01-EI-004-07
Page 194
Río Bao
Río Jagua
1550
1500
1450
1400
1350
1300
1250
1200
1150
1100
1050
1000
950
900
850
800
750
700
650
600
550
500
450
400
Altura (msnm)
Río Jagua
Río Bao
Figure 4.46: Digital Tridimensional Topographic Model of the Project Region
In Figure 4.46, the slope changes of the Bao and Jagua Rivers and its influents can be
observed.
Table 4.57 shows the freshwater fish species known in the waters of the region of Las
Placetas Hydroelectric Project.
Table 4.57: List of Freshwater Fish Species
Family
Cichlidae
Species
Oreochoromis
mossambicus
Cichlidae Oreochromis niloticus
Cichlidae Tilapia rendalli
Cichlidae Nandopsis hatiensis
Cipriniidae Cyprinus carpio
Poeciliidae Limia dominicensis
Poeciliidae Poecilia hispaniolana
Poeciliidae Poecilia elegans
Poeciliidae Poecilia reticulata
COR-01-EI-004-07
Nombre común
Mozambique
Tilapia
Nile Tilapia
Redbreast tilapia
Haitian Cichlid
Carp
Tiburon Peninsula
limia
Hispaniola molly
Elegant molly
Guppy
Bao
Jagua
Presa
T S 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 9 10 11 7/12
I
O
O
I
I
L N
I
L N
O
O P P
R
R
L N R R R R R R R R R R
L E
R R R R R R R R R
L E
R
X
Page 195
O
O
O
O
P
R
P
Family
Species
Nombre común
Poeciliidae Gambusia hispaniolae Hispaniolan
Gambusia
Poeciliidae Rivulus roloffi
Hispaniolan
Rivulus
Poeciliidae Limia melanonotata
Blackbanded Limia
Poeciliidae Limia zonata
Striped Limia
Bao
Jagua
Presa
T S 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 9 10 11 7/12
L N P P P P P P P P P P
O
L E R R R R R R R R R R
L N
L E
R
R
P
R
O
Leyend:
S. Status: N. Native; E. Endemic; I. Introduced.
T. Treathened: L. Proyecto de Ley Sectorial de Biodiversidad.
O. Species observeda during sampling; R. Reported in the literature but not observed;
P. Probable aparition according to the habitat observed and its interval of altitudinal and geographic distribution.
Four of the species collected correspond to cichlids and a cyprinid, with specimens
whose larger size determine is ecological requirements of greater depths, while the
remaining are small specimen of Poecilidae, captured near the shore of backwaters with
gravel bottoms, en sitios sin grandes cambios de pendiente ni flujos turbulentos.
Of this set of species, 5 are mentioned by previous reports NEODAT (2007) as appearing
on this watershed, but were not observed during the sampling for this report. It is
posible that many of these species were not fouobserved becuase of the diffcult location,
the specimens are very small, drastic changes on the environment and for natural or
anthropic cuases, since the previous reports are from the 1990’s.
The findings of the Poecilidae family coincide with the intervals in altitude mentioned
for several species like Poecilia reticulata of 400 meters MSL (Kavanagh, 2002),
Limia dominicensis between 170 and 530 meters MSL, Poecilia hispaniolana between 610
and 1000 meters MSL, Poecilia elegans between 180 - 840 meters MSL and Rivulus roloffi
at 1000 meters MSL.
Regardless of the altitude, this family tends to distribute in zones with almost levelled
slopes and mostly on low zones (Nieto y Velasco, 2006) and was the most distributed on
the river meanders and/or places of gentle slopes with gravel bottoms, where small
backwaters form that escape the turbulent flow of the river. Several specimens of this
group were found; for instantes, just on the backwaters of the lowest part of the Antón
Sape Bueno and not on the rest of t he course, which runs from 940 to 800 meters MSL
with a steep slope of 9.3%. Posiblemente la pendiente en la parte superior de su curso, al
igual que ocurre con la mayor parte de los afluentes, no permita la existencia de
poblaciones estables.
Nandopsis haitiensis, called Haitian cichlid and the only native cichlid, was observado in
Station 2, with help from the local residents. This fish, which can grow up to 21.5 cm,
COR-01-EI-004-07
Page 196
needs a certain water depth to develop and where the aquatic vegetation they need to
feed and hide can develop as well. Its presence is reported in the Bao-Taveras Dam
complexes, although there they have to confront fierce competition with the introduced
species.
The remaining species of cichlids were limited to the lower watershed and were
especially abundant in the Bao Dam, where they are part of the artisanal fishery. On the
stations of the last studied area of the Bao-Tavera, while a specimen of Gambusia
hispaniolae was collected in a backwater near the shore, and is feasible the presence of
other Poeciliidae, the dominant species are the Nile Tilapia Oreochromis niloticus and the
carp Cyprinus carpio; although there have been isolated catches of other species of tilapia
(Oreochoromis mossambicus y Tilapia rendalli). This reservoir is a tradicional place for
fishing these species (FAO, 1996), since it has been a priority area for the seeding of
fingerlings of the most varied species for several decades (Fisheries Development
Limited, 1980).
DR1 (1998) requires seed one million fingerlings on the Bao Reservoir by the agricultura
Ministry authorities and, more recently, García(2002) offers data of 250 thousand tilapia
and mirror carp fingerlings between years 2000 and 2002 and, more recently, CLAVE
DIGITAL (2006) reveals that the Environmental Secretariat freed 150 thousand tilapias
and carp fingerlings in this dam complex, as part of a program to sekk sustainability of
the fish production in dams and reservoirs and, improve the economic revenues of the
fisherman. The broods are spawned in the Aquaculture Model Station in Azua, with the
cooperation of the Technical Mission of Taiwan, and with its seedings, it is expected to
benefit 256 anglers communities like Sabana Iglesia, Jánico, El Caimito, among others,
that have as their main economical activity fishing in dams. With these introductions, a
production of 50,000 lbs/month of fresh fish of excellent quality can be achieved. These
news show that this component of ichtyofauna, while it has no ecological value for being
introduced species, it has an important economical value that could be moved to the
Sabaneta and Los Limones Dams as new zones of fisheries potential.
All the species of native and endemic Dominican freshwater fish are protected
nationally according to “Proyecto de Ley Sectorial de Biodiversidad” (USAID, 2002), for
its ecological importantce as a unique fauna of the Island. These condition demands
proper management actions by the Project in relation to the ecological flow.
By definition, the ecological flow is the quantity and quality of the water resources
necessary to maintain the habitat of the water course and its surroundings in good
conditions, considering the needs of the biota and the human populations, as well as the
phisical requirements to maintain its stability y fulfill its functions, such as dilution flow,
capacity of solids transport, recharge of aquifers, maintenance of the estethic and
COR-01-EI-004-07
Page 197
landscaping characteristics of the environment (Ormazábal, 2004). If this requirement is
not fulfilled, the reducción in flow presupposes a significant negative impact to the
hydrological integrity of the system (from where indirect and secondary impacts can
affect the remaining factors). There are international Standard criteria that establish that
an ecological flow may never be less than 0.05 m3/sec, or that said flow shall be more or
equal to 10% of the annual mean flow (Ormazábal, 2004).
In the particular case of this component of the fauna, formed basically by small species,
inhabitants to the guarded shallow zones, a large flow will not be required, just enough
to keep a minimum water level over the bed of the river, offering a minimum
maintenance depth una profundidad mínima de mantenimiento, which will be
established by the ecological stream. All the species reported are of small size, with
morfological characteristics of longitudinal development that makes them especially
adaptable to shallow waters, without making them vulnerable to predators.
However, it has to be clarified that the ecological flow does not only concern the
ichthyofauna, but also has to allow the pluvial course to keep doing its ecological
functions beyond its ecological role of offering a proper habitat adecuado to the different
development stages of the aquatic species. The ecological flow values must satisfy the
physical-chemical requirements of the water courses to maintain its hydrological
integrity, the quality of the water, the capacity to maintain flow, recharge the aquifer,
nourish the low and medium watersheds, maintain the riperan forest and its associacted
terrestrial biota, be a use source for the human populations and maintain the the riperan
landscape (Begoña et al., 2000; Agirre y Begoña, 2001).
4.9
MAMMALS
4.9.1
Introduction
General and specific information on mammals is available for the study area, among
them: Los Murciélagos de Cuba Silva, (1979); Plan de Manejo de la Cuenca del Bao
River, SEA (1981); The Distribution and Habitat of Solenodonte in the Dominican
Republic, Ottenwalder (1985); Sistema de Áreas Protegidas de la República Dominicana,
Valdez y Mateo (1989); La Diversidad Biológica en la República Dominicana (SEA/DVS,
1990 a y b); Plan de Manejo y Conservación del Parque Nacional Armando Bermúdez,
HIDRÁULICA, S.A. (1997); Evaluación Ecológica Integrada del Programa de
Conservación y Manejo de la Región Madres de Las Aguas, TNC (1999); Walkers
Mammals of the World Nowak (1999); Habitantes de la Oscuridad, García y Dominici
(2002); Informaciones Generales de las Áreas Protegidas de la República Dominicana,
SEMARENA (2003); Los Parques Nacionales Armando Bermúdez y José del Carmen
COR-01-EI-004-07
Page 198
Ramírez (SEMARENA, 2006); Plagiodontia aedium, Jutía de la Hispaniola, García (2006);
Solenodonte, García (2007).
4.9.2
Methodology
In the case of mammals, the inventories were performed using 10 and 15 meters fog nets
to capture bats (see Photo 4.92), which were placed at fixed and variable locations
during the 5:00 p.m. to 1:00 a.m. time frame in Mata Grande (Río Bao) and Los Limones
(Río Jagua) communities.
Photo 4.92: Bat trapped in net
Bats identification was performed either in a direct way or using Silva’s (1979) bats
identification guide. Bats were freed after they were photographed. Several other
environments were also surveyed, looking for trails and footprints of other mammals.
The surveyed zone measured between 100 and 2,000 meters approximately.
The surveys of these zones were performed by following the access trails to the locations
where the raising of infrastructure is contemplated, and the Project’s flooding or
influenced areas. The different environments described in the works performed by the
“Dirección Nacional de Parques” and the species associated to them, were also considered.
During the survey, the coordinates in the “Sistema Universal Transversal de Mercator
(UT)” were taken. General information about mammals’ species was also obtained by
direct consultation to local residents of the visited communities.
The characterization of each sampled environment is included in the Project’s botanical
report. The “Diccionario Botánico de Nombres Vulgares de La Española (Liogier, 2000)” was
COR-01-EI-004-07
Page 199
consulted for verification of the scientific names of some plants to which the fauna is
associated.
4.9.3
Results and Discussion
The area where the different species of mammals were observed or reported (starting
from the vicinity of community Mata Grande and its surroundings, where the reservoir
is to be built) is called Sabaneta, and is located at coordinates 290374E-2122745N. This
area is characterized by the predominance of riparian vegetation and the primary
hardwood forest with some dispersed pine trees. The convergence of Rio Bao and
Arroyo Antón Sape Bueno, which will be flooded by the reservoir (located at
coordinates 290762E, 2123047N), is characterized by the predominance of riparian
vegetation and the primary hardwood forest with some alterations.
As a result of the characterization performed in different environments in the Project
area and its surroundings, 34 individuals were identified; 17 species of mammals (7 of
which belong to the flying mammals group or bats) and 10 to terrestrial species. Five (5)
of the terrestrial species were reported by local residents of the area (see Table 4.58).
Table 4.58: Mammals species present in the Mata Grande Río Bao Project area and its
surroundings
Scientific Name
Mammalia
Family:
Solenodontidae
Solenodon paradoxus
Family:
Mormoopidae
Pteronotus quadridens
Mormoops blainvillei
Family:
Phyllostomatidae
Macrotuss
waterhousei
Monophylus redmani
Artibeus jamaicensis
Phyllops haitiensis
Molossidae
Molossus
molossus
verrilli
COR-01-EI-004-07
Common Name
Status
Geographic
Distribution
Diet
No.
Indiv
Hispaniolan
Solenodon
Endemic
Plenty
Insectivore
Report
Sooty mustached
bat
Cinnamon Bat
Native
Plenty
Insectivore
1
Native
Plenty
Insectivore
1
Long ears Bat
Native
Plenty
Insectivore
2
Pollen eater Bat
Native
Plenty
2
Fruit eater Bat
Haitian
Fruit
eater Bat
Native
Endemic
Plenty
Plenty
Pollen/
Insects
Fruits
Fruits
Small
Bat
Endemic
Subspecies
Plenty
Insectivore
1
domestic
Page 200
6
5
Scientific Name
Muridae
Rattus rattus
Rattus norvegicus
Mus musculus
Suidae
Sus scrofa
Bovidae
Bos Taurus
Ovis aries
Canidae
Canis familiares
Herpestidae
Herpestes javanicus
Felis catus
Total
species/
individuals
Common Name
Status
Geographic
Distribution
Diet
No.
Indiv
Black Rat
Brown Rat
House mouse
Introduced
Introduced
Introduced
Plenty
Plenty
Plenty
Omnivorous
Omnivorous
Omnivorous
3
1
Report
Pig
Introduced
Plenty
Omnivorous
Report
Cow
Goat
Introduced
Introduced
Plenty
Plenty
Herbivore
Herbivore
1
Report
Dog
Introduced
Plenty
Carnivorous
3
Introduced
Plenty
Carnivorous
Report
Introduced
Plenty
Carnivorous
2
34
Small
mongoose
Cat
17
asian
*=Reported by local residents
The mammals species identified in the Project belong to the orders: Insectivorous,
Chiroptera, Rodentia, Artiodactyla, Perissodactyla, and Carnivorous, and to the families:
Solenodontidae, Moormopidae, Phyllostomatidae, Natalidae, Vespertilionidae,
Molossidae, Muridae, Suidae, Bovidae, Canidae, Herpestidae, and Felidae; genus
Solenodon, Pteronotus Mormoops, Macrotus, Monophylus, Artibeus, Phyllops,
Brachypylla, Molossus, Rattus, Mus, Sus, Bos, Canis, Herpestes, and Felis. The family
with more representatives was the Phyllostomatidae with 4 genus and 4 species,
followed by Mormoopidae with 2 genus Pteronotus and Mormoops, as well as Muridae
with 2 genus and 3 species.
Nine (9) of the seventeen (17) species found are introduced, five (5) are native and three
(3) are endemic of Isla Española. Two (2) of these are the hispaniolan solenodon,
Solenodon paradoxus and the Haitian fruit eater bat, Phyllops haitiensis, and one subspecie,
the small domestic bat, Molossus molossus verrilli. All the species in the Project area and
its surroundings are widely spread through the island.
The most common mammals observed were the Jamaica fruit eater bats, Artibeus
jamaicensis (Photo 4.93) and the Haitian fruit eater bats, Phyllops haitiensis (Photo 4.94)
with six (6) and five (5) individuals respectively, followed by the black rat, Rattus rattus
and Canis familiares with three (3), then, the long ears bats, Macrotus waterhousei,
insectivorous, Monophyllus redmani, which feeds on pollen, and the cat, Felis catus with 2,
as well as the whiskers bats, Pteronotus quadridens; cinnamon bats; Mormoops blainvillei
and cows, Bos taurus with one individual respectively (Table 4.58).
COR-01-EI-004-07
Page 201
Photo 4.93: Artibeus jamaicensis
Concerning the feeding habits of the species, six (6) of them feeds basically on insects,
for example: hispaniolan solenodon, solenodon, paradoxus; bats; Pteronotus quadridens;
Mormoops blainvillei; M. waterhousei, among others (Table 4.59).
Some are fruit eaters (for example: A. jamaicensis and P. haitiensis); four (4) are
omnivorous (like the pig, Sus scrofa, rats and mice), three (3) are carnivorous (dog, cat,
small asian mongoose, etc.), two (2) are herbivorous and lastly, Monophyllus redmani
which feeds on pollen and insects.
Photo 4.94: Haitian fruit eater bat, Phyllops haitiensis
COR-01-EI-004-07
Page 202
The fruits, pollen, and insects eater species identified in this area were observed to be
associated to plants like: Amacey, pump wood, ice-cream bean, guarana, guava, etc.,
which serve as food source, as well as refuge, among other functions.
Table 4.59: Species by authors and threat category
Groups/Species
Threat Category
Solenodontidae
Solenodon paradoxus**
Moormopidae
Pteonotus parnellii
Moormoops blainvillei
Phyllostomatidae
Macrotuss waterhousei
Monophylus redmani
clinedaphus
Phyllops haitiensis
Brachyphylla nana pumila
Phyllonycteris poeyi obtusa
Erophylla bombifrons
santacristobalensis
Natalidae
Natalus major
Natalus micropus
Vespertilionidae
Lasiurus boreales minor
Eptesicus
fuscus
hispaniolae
Molossidae
Tadarida
brasiliensis
constanzae
Tadarida macrotis
Molossus molossus verrilli
Capromidae
Plagiodontia aedium
COR-01-EI-004-07
Common
Name
Hispaniola
n
solenodon
Status
A
B
x
SEA/
DVS, 90
EN
IUCN,
2007
EN
E
Report-t
Sooty
mustached
bat
Big Sooty
mustached
bat
Cinnamon
N
X
x
-
LR/nt
N
-
x
-
LR/lc
N
X
x
-
LR/nt
Long ears
Pollen eater
N
N
X
X
x
x
--
LR
LR/lc
Fruit eater
Haitian
Fruit eater
Fruit eater
of flowers
of San
Cristobal
N
E
X
x
x
x
-
LR/lc
-
N
E
E
-
x
x
x
-
LR/nt
LR/nt
LR
Funnel ears
N
-
x
-
LR
Small
Funnel ears
N
-
x
-
LR/lc
Red
Brown
N
E
-
x
x
R
-
LR/lc
LR
Guanero
E
-
x
-
LR/nt
Bat
Small
domestic
E
x
x
x
V
-
LR
Hispaniola
E
-
x
VU
VU
Page 203
Groups/Species
Threat Category
Solenodontidae
Muridae
Rattus rattus
Rattus norvegicus
Mus musculus**
Suidae
Sus scrofa**
Bovidae
Bos taurus
Ovis aries**
Canidae
Canis familiaris
Herpestidae
Herpestes javanicus**
Felidae
Felis catus
Total species
Common
Name
n
Hispaniola
n hutia
Status
A
B
SEA/
DVS, 90
IUCN,
2007
Black
Brown
House
mouse
I
I
I
x
x
x
x
x
x
-
-
Pig
I
x
x
-
Cow
Goat
I
I
x
x
x
x
Dog
I
x
x
Small asian
mongoose
I
x
x
Cat
28
I
-
x
17
x
28
-
-
16
Legend:
Status:
E = Endemic
A = Actual Study
N = Native
I = Introduced
B = Manage Plan 1989
Geographic Distribution:
am = ample
Threat Category:
SEA/DVS, 1990b
V = Vulnerable
UICN, 2007 = Almost endangered
LC =Less concern
** = Species reported by local residents
Regarding threatened species, of those observed and/or reported for the Project area,
the Solenodon paradoxus (see Photo 4.95) are endangered (EN); while, P. quadridens and
Mormoops blainvillei, are classified as almost threatened (NT). The rest are classified as
less concern (LC) according to the criteria of the “Unión Internacional para la
Conservación de la Naturaleza (UICN)” of 2007.
COR-01-EI-004-07
Page 204
Among the causes of threat to the species are destruction and fragmentation of habitats,
deforestation, migratory agriculture, shepherding, the pigs hunters’ dogs, and the
farmers, since they dig in the burrows or nests until finding and killing them. It is of
utmost priority to implement corrective or mitigation measures to minimize their
negative impacts.
In the specific case of the Solenodon paradoxus, even though this area is of historic
distribution to the specie, no evidence of its presence was found during the survey.
However, according to local residents, the specie can be found in the less disturbed areas
of the Armando Bermúdez National Park, like: La Guacara, Loma del Loro, Rancho al
Medio, and Los Melones, among others.
Photo 4.95: Hispaniolan solenodon, Solenodon paradoxus (Source: Periódico El Nacional)
4.9.4
Los Limones Dam and its area of influence
In the Los Limones Dam area, located in the convergence of rivers Jagua and El Peñón
(coordinates 302340E, 2121381N), vegetation is of the riparian type with predominance
of pome, and velvet bean. Among other plants, grazing land with trees predominate in
the upper left margin of Río Jagua, while there are pine woods in the upper right
margin.
Characterizations performed in these environments yield a total of 18 individuals
corresponding to 12 species of mammals, 4 of which belong to the flying mammals
group (bats), and 8 to the terrestrial mammals. Five (5) of these species were reported
by local residents.
COR-01-EI-004-07
Page 205
Table 4.60: Mammals species present in the Project area (Los Limones Dam in Río Jagua and
surroundings)
Scientific Name
Mammalia
Family:
Solenodontidae
Solenodon paradoxus
Family:
Phyllostomatidae
Monophylus redmani
clinedaphus
Phyllops haitiensis
Molossidae
Molossus molossus
verrilli
Muridae
Rattus rattus
Rattus norvegicus
Mus musculus**
Suidae
Sus scrofa**
Canidae
Canis familiaris
Herpestidae
Herpestes javanicus**
Felis catus
Total
species/individuals
Common
Name
Status
Geographic
Distribution
No.
Individuals
Diet
Hispaniolan
Solenodon
Endemic
Plenty
Insects
Report
Pollen eater
bat
Fruit eater bat
Haitian Fruit
eater bat
Native
Plenty
2
Native
Endemic
Plenty
Plenty
Pollen/
Insects
Fruits
Fruits
3
3
Small
domestic bat
SubspecieEndemic
Plenty
Insects
1
Black rat
Brown rat
House mouse
Introduced
Introduced
Introduced
Plenty
Plenty
Plenty
Omnivorous
Omnivorous
Omnivorous
2
2
Report
Pig
Introduced
Plenty
Omnivorous
Report
Dog
Introduced
Plenty
Carnivorous
3
Small asian
mongoose
Cat
12
Introduced
Plenty
Carnivorous
Report
Introduced
Plenty
Carnivorous
2
18
Mammals species identified in this Project area belong to the orders: Insectivorous,
Chiroptera, Rodentia, Artiodactyla, Perissodactyla, and Carnivorous and to the families,
Solenodontidae, Phyllostomatidae, Natalidad, Vespertilionidae, Molossidae, Muridae,
Suidae, Canidae, Herpestidae, and Felidae; genus Solenodon, Monophylus, Artibeus,
Phyllops, Brachypylla, Molossus, Rattus, Mus, Sus, Canis, Herpestes, and Felis. The
most represented family was the Phyllostomatidae, with 3 genus and 3 species, followed
by Muridae, with 2 genus and 3 species (see Table 4.60).
Of the 12 species found, 7 are introduced, 2 are natives, and 3 are endemic of the
Española Island. Of the last three, two are endemic at the specific level (the hispaniolan
solenodon, Solenodon paradoxus and the Haitian fruit eater bat, Phyllops haitiensis), and 1
COR-01-EI-004-07
Page 206
at the sub specific level (the small domestic bat, Molossus molossus verrilli). All the
species in the Project area and its surroundings have an ample distribution through the
island.
The most observed mammals were: the Jamaica and Haitian fruit eater bats, Artibeus
jamaicensis, and Phyllops haitiensis, and the dog, Canis familiaris, with 3 individuals each,
followed by the bat, Monophyllus redmani, the rodents, Rattus rattus, Rattus norvegicus,
and the cat, Felis catus with 2 individuals respectively, and lastly, the small domestic bat,
Molossus molossus verrilli, 1 individual. Even though grazing lands were observed closet
o the reservoir construction area, no cattle were observed.
Regarding feeding habits, 2 of the species are basically insectivorous: S. paradoxus and
M. molossus and one insectivorous/pollen eater M. redmani. Two (2) feed on fruits: A.
jamaicensis, P. haitiensis, 4 are omnivorous (like the pig, Sus scrofa, the rats and mice), 3
are carnivorous (dog, cat, and small asian mongoose, etc.), and lastly, 2 are herbivorous
(see Table 4.60).
Of all the observed species, only the Solenodon paradoxus is in danger of extinction (EN).
The rest are classified, as species of less concern (LC), according to the “Unión
Internacional para la Conservación de la Naturaleza (UICN) of 2007” criteria (see Table
4.61).
Groups/Species
Table 4.61: Species by authors and threat category in El Limón
Threat Category
Common
Name
Hispaniolan
solenodon
Solenodontidae
Solenodon paradoxus
Moormopidae
Pteonotus parnellii
Moormoops blainvillei
Phyllostomatidae
Macrotuss waterhousei
Monophylus redmani
Phyllops haitiensis
Brachyphylla nana
Phyllonycteris poeyi obtusa
COR-01-EI-004-07
Status
E
A
Report
B
x
SEA/DVS,
90
EN
IUCN,
2007
EN
Sooty
mustached
bat
big sooty
mustached
cinnamon
N
-
x
-
LR/nt
N
-
x
-
LR/lc
N
-
x
-
LR/nt
Long ears
Pollen eater
N
N
x
x
x
--
LR
LR/lc
Fruit eater
Haitian fruit
eater
Fruit eater
Of the
N
E
x
x
x
x
-
LR/lc
-
N
E
-
x
x
-
LR/nt
LR/nt
Page 207
Groups/Species
Threat Category
Solenodontidae
Erophylla bombifrons
Natalidae
Natalus major
Natalus micropus
Vespertilionidae
Lasiurus borealis
Eptesicus
fuscus
hispaniolae
Molossidae
Tadarida
brasiliensis
constanzae
Tadarida macrotis
Molossus molossus verrilli
Capromidae
Plagiodontia aedium
Muridae
Rattus rattus
Rattus norvegicus
Mus musculus
Suidae
Sus scrofa
Bovidae
Bos taurus
Ovis aries
Canidae
Canis familiaris
Herpestidae
Herpestes javanicus
Felidae
Felis catus
Total species
Common
Name
flowers
of San
Cristobal
Status
A
B
SEA/DVS,
90
IUCN,
2007
E
-
x
-
LR
Funneled
ears
Small
Funneled
ears
N
-
x
-
LR
N
-
x
-
LR/lc
Eastern red
bat
brown
N
-
x
r
LR/lc
E
-
x
LR
Guanero
E
-
x
-
LR/nt
E
x
x
x
v
-
LR
Hispaniolan
Hutia
E
-
x
VU
VU
black
brown
House mouse
I
I
I
x
x
Report
x
x
x
-
pig
I
Report
x
-
cow
goat
I
I
-
x
x
dog
I
x
x
small asian
mongoose
I
x
x
-
cat
28
I
-
x
12
x
28
bat
Small
domestic
-
16
Legend:
Status:
A = Actual Study
E = Endemic
COR-01-EI-004-07
Page 208
N = Native
B = Manage Plan
I = Introduced
Geographic Distribution:
am = ample
Threat Category:
SEA/DVS, 1990b
V = Vulnerable
UICN, 2007 = Almost Threatened
LC = Less Concern
** = Species reported by locals
Based on the results of the current survey and previous surveys performed by different
authors in the Project’s influence zone, 12 species were reported in the reservoir area in
Sabaneta (Río Bao, Mata Grande) and 17 in Los Limones at Río Jagua. However,
according to consultations, 28 species of mammals have been reported. Seventeen (17)
of these belong to bats and eleven (11) to terrestrial mammals. Nine (9) are introduced
species, ten (10) are native, and the other eight (8) are endemic. Three (3) of the endemic
species are at the specific level and five (5) at the sub specific level (see Table 4.60).
As shown, the largest diversity of mammals species is reported in the Management Plan
for the Armando Bermúdez National Park (1989), with 28 species, followed by the
current inventory (2007), which reported 17.
Sixteen (16) of the 28 mammals species reported in previous studies are included in
some of the threat categories. Among those, the Solenodon paradoxus is in extinction
danger (EN), the Plagiodontia aedium is vulnerable (VU), five other species are almost
threatened (NT), and the other 9 are in the less concerned (LC) category, according to
the UICN, 2007 Red List.
Finally, it is worthwhile mentioning the important role of some mammals within the
ecosystems, due to their feeding habits. The bats A. jamaicensis, Phyllops haitiensis for
example, while feeding on fruits help in the dispersion of seeds. Others like the pollen
eaters, help the fecundation of plants (Monophyllus redmani, etc.). Those that feed on
insects, like the Pteronotus quadridens, molosssus colossus, Mormoops blainvillei, and the
Hispaniolan solenodon paradoxus, among others, help humans by controlling the
population of insects that affect the agriculture and the human health.
Also, it should be pointed out the importance of conserving the population of mammals
that exist in the Project area, specifically those in the different threatened categories.
COR-01-EI-004-07
Page 209
4.10
LANDSCAPE
The Hydroelectric Project at Las Placetas, which main objective is the generation of
energy, is encompassed within the Cordillera Central territory, which constitutes one of
the most important scenarios of the country from the landscape point of view.
The specific Project area and its influence zone is located to the North-Oriental portion
of the Cordillera Central, encompassing the area between the mountains system (which
occupy the watershed zone that separates the rivers Bao and Jagua), and extending close
to the Taveras Dam.
The complexity of the Project calls for the installation of several infrastructures in the
current landscape, some of which are:

Sabaneta’s Reservoir;

Los Limones’ Reservoir;

Power House;

The High Tension electric line (138 kw), that requires the installation of a large
number of towers distributed through the territory, which will have an impact on
the region’s landscape.
4.10.1 Methodology
From a conceptual point of view, the landscape consists of units that were established
based on the visual aspects and esthetics characteristics that define the scenery.
The following elements were considered, to classify the Project area in landscape units:

Soil use;

Morphology of the soil (Pending).
These elements give us a wider vision of the natural changes produced, in addition to
the human factor, responsible for transforming the environment according to its
growing and development needs.
4.10.2 Cartographic Analysis
This analysis is based on the programs Arc Gis 9.0 and Erdas, which gave us the
guidelines to perform it. The programs helped us to develop the Slopes Map, which in
addition to the cartographic data available for the area under study, made possible the
development of the following maps:
COR-01-EI-004-07
Page 210

Vegetation Cover Map;

Slopes Map;

Protected Areas Map.
A methodology based on information cross reference, was used to develop the Map of
Scenery Units with Landscape Potential. From this analysis, two maps (one in each
phase) were developed. The following section explains the Process Flow Diagram
developed for this purpose (see Table 4.62).
4.10.2.1 Phase No. 1 Development of the Landscape Units Map
This corresponds to the combination of the Vegetation Cover Map and the Slopes Map
(both of which were developed to a scale of 1:500,000) using the Arc Gis program. This
analysis allowed us to define the Landscape Units of the project categorizing them in
four groups. Categories were assigned to the different slopes and type of vegetation
cover, as shown in Table 4.62. Based on the analysis, the following units were obtained:
Vegetation Cover
LANDSCAPE
UNITS
MAP
Slope
Figure 4.47: Landscape Units Map - development diagram
A decision matrix was developed (see Table 4.62) to define each of the units base don the
adjusted vegetation and slopes..
Table 4.62: Decision Matrix – Use of Soil & Slopes
Use of Soil
Conifers, Hardwood, and
Agroforest Forests
Scrubland and Pastures (C)
Combined Agriculture (F)
Scant Vegetation (G)
COR-01-EI-004-07
Slope
0-4%
Smooth
Slope
4 - 12%
Moderate
Slope
12 - 25%
Inclined
Slope
>25 %
Pronounced
I–1
I–1
I–2
I–3
II – 1
II – 1
II – 2
II – 3
III – 1
III – 1
III –2
III – 3
IV – 1
IV – 1
Page 211
Unit I CONIFERS, HARDWOOD, AND AGROFOREST FORESTS
Unit I – 1 Open Conifers FOREST, Wet Hardwood FOREST, and Coffee Agroforest,
which distribution is found between slope values from 0 - 12%.
Unit I – 2 Open Conifers FOREST, Wet Hardwood FOREST, and Coffee Agroforest,
which distribution is found between slope values from 12 - 25%.
Unit I – 3 Thick Conifers FOREST, Foggy Hardwood FOREST, and Coffee Agroforest,
which distribution is found in slope values larger than 25%.
Unit II SCRUBLAND AND PASTURES
Unit II – 1 Scrublands and Pastures, which distribution is found between slope values
from 0 - 12%.
Unit II – Scrublands and Pastures, which distribution is found between slope values
from 12 - 25%.
Unit II – 3 Scrublands and Pastures, which distribution is found in slope values larger
than 25%.
Unit III COMBINED AGRICULTURE
Unit III – 1 Combined Agriculture, which distribution is found between slope values
from 0 - 12%.
Unit III – 2 Combined Agriculture, which distribution is found between slopes values
from 12 - 25%
Unit III – 3 Combined Agriculture, which distribution is found in slope values larger
than 25%.
Unit IV SCANT VAGETATION
Unit IV – 1 Scant Vegetation, which distribution is found between slope values from 0 12%.
The result of this analysis is shown in the Landscape Units Map (seer Figure 4.48), that
shows the spatial distribution of the units. Also, a table was developed to show the
different surfaces and its corresponding percentages (see Table 4.63).
COR-01-EI-004-07
Page 212
Table 4.63: Surfaces and its Corresponding Percentages
LANDSCAPE
COR-01-EI-004-07
AREA
%
I-1
9,180,100.91
9.85
I-2
12,923,327.58
13.87
I-3
39,756,672.76
42.67
II-1
7,703,013.10
8.27
II-2
5,817,923.11
6.24
II-3
10,008,897.49
10.74
III-1
2,129,071.76
2.29
III-2
1,755,509.31
1.88
III-3
3,834,336.88
4.12
IV1
2,700.00
0.00
n.c
61,200.00
0.07
93,172,752.89
100.00
Page 213
Figure 4.48: Landscape Units Map
COR-01-EI-004-07
Page 214
4.10.3 Unit I: Conifers, Hardwood, and Agroforest FOREST
This unit is characterized by a high density wood, predominantly pine trees, and wet
woods in slopes larger than 25%. A foggy forest develops in the summits of the
elevations. Photos 4.96 and 4.97 show how the different types of forests alternate and
cover the area almost completely. The texture and chromatic combination of the forest
varies as a function of the different vegetation types. Photo 4.97 shows a granular texture,
due to pine trees that grow in tight colonies formation, opposed to Photo 4.96, in which
the texture is motted. These observations were made from a high point that allowed us to
have a panoramic view. The agroforest is characterized by coffee plantations inserted in
the woods. This unit occupies 66.4% of the Project area.
COR-01-EI-004-07
Page 215
4.10.4 Unit II: Scrubland and Pastures
Scrublands
and
pastures
consist
of
areas
where
herbal/bush
vegetation
develops and textural and
chromatic
changes
are
established according to the
vegetation distribution. Photo
4.98 shows how the pastures
change their color tones based
on their position in the slopes.
Slopes larger than 25% show a
dark green color with some
yellowish sections.
The
bushes are inserted in this
space and transition to the
pine trees and planifoliae
forest.
This unit occupies
25.2% of the Project area.
Photo 4.98: Pastures
4.10.5 Unit III: Combined Agriculture
This unit is characterized by slopes covered with crops. The type of crop adjusts to the
slope. In areas where the soil depth and topography allows it, crops of beans and yams
are developed. Generally speaking, plantain crops are associated to gully areas, and soils
with slopes between 4 – 12%.
In some cases, crops show organized linear forms, as shown in Photo 4.99 (beans and
pigeon beans). In other cases (see Photo 4.100), crops like plantains look like patches. It
should be pointed out that coffee crop is included in the agroforest, close to the woods.
Textures are granular and have a trellis form due to the planned distribution of the crops.
This unit occupies 8.25% of the Project area.
COR-01-EI-004-07
Page 216
Photo 4.99: Beans and pigeon beans crop
Photo 4.100: Plantain Crop
4.10.6 Unit IV: Scant Vegetation
This unit consists of those soils
where
vegetation
is
completely absent or isolated.
This phenomenon is mostly
observed in the slopes surface.
Photo 4.101 shows sections of
slopes with scant vegetation.
In some of the slopes, this
phenomenon is noticeable.
This unit occupies only 0.15%
of the Project area.
Photo 4.101: Section of a Slope with Scant Vegetation
4.10.7 Phase No. 2: Development of the Landscape Potential Map
Las Placetas Hydro electrical Project is located within the limits of two protected areas.
This situation increases the development potential of the area, adding extra value to its
scenery. These areas are:

Armando Bermúdez National Park;

Alto Bao Forest Reservation.
COR-01-EI-004-07
Page 217
4.10.8
Armando Bermúdez National Park
The polygon of this park covers a surface of approximately 789 km². Its objective is to
preserve the birth of many Rivers like Yaque del Norte, Amina, Mao, Bao, etc., among
others. The park constitutes one of the areas intended for the protection and conservation
of national fauna and flora species.
The park shows an abrupt relief of pronounced slopes, where more than 50% of its surface
exceeds the 30% slope. Duarte Peak and La Pelona Hill (3,087 m), constitute the highest
elevations of La Hispaniola. Other important elevations to the South of the area under
study are Loma del Barraco (2,654 m), Loma del Pico (2,541 m), Loma El Peñón (2,567 m),
Loma Sillón Hondo (2,542 m), Loma de la Medianía (2,707 m), Loma de la Viuda (2,801
m), Loma El Pico del Barraco (2,644 m), and Loma La Rusilla (3,038 m).
The area of influence of this Project (specifically the Sabaneta’s Reservoir), covers 42.2
hectare, which represents 6.5% of the total Park area. It is located closet o the Arroyo
Antón Sape Bueno that delivers its water to Río Bao.
4.10.9
Alto Bao Forest Reservation
This reservation limits to the South with the Armando Bermúdez National Park and
covers a surface of approximately 282 km². It constitutes one of the areas intended for the
protection and conservation of national fauna and flora species. The Río Bao watershed,
which is located within the reservation, is composed basically of Rio Bao. The river
originates in the North slope of Loma Pico del Barraco.
Half of Sabaneta’s Reservoir, the Trasbase Tunnel towards Los Limones Reservoir, Los
Limones Reservoir, the Pressure Tunnel, the Power House, and part of the Discharge
Tunnel, are located within the reservation. The Project area occupies 51.6% of the
reservation’s surface. These areas can be seen in Figure 1, where the landscape units are
shown.
Once the Landscape Units Map was developed, it was combined with the Protected Areas
Map to define the Landscape Potential (see Figure 4.49). Approximately 41.8% of the
project area is out of the protected areas. For these areas, however, there is still some
potential, given all the elements present. The following flow diagram shows this analysis:
COR-01-EI-004-07
Page 218
Landscape Units
Map
Landscape
Potential Map
Protected Areas
Map
Figure 4.49: Landscape Potential
The resulting map shows the areas according to their landscape potential, considering that
there is a portion of the Project area that is out of the protected areas. This is summarized
in the following table:
Table 4.64: Landscape Units & Protected Areas
Landscape
Units
I
II
III
IV
COR-01-EI-004-07
National
Park
Forestal
Reservation
Very High
High
Without
Protected
Area
Medium
Very High
High
Medium
Low
Medium
Low
Low
Low
Page 219
From the analysis completed it can be
inferred that Units I y II present a
High
Landscaping
Potentiality
because of the media nature that offers
great green tone contrasts due to the
vegetation that constitute the base
element with a variation of foliage and
types of trees. Conifers occupy a
relevant place in the vegetatative
system.
The integration of the river that
develops its runoff dissecting the
landscape and creating practically box
type structures in Photo 4.102, a
segment of Bao River can be observed,
around which there is are bushes and
conifer forests; what is most
contrasting in this image is the
chromatic combination on the green
tones.
Unit III presents a Medium-Low
potentiality, since mixed agriculture
has no major incidence in the
landscaping; since it does not occupy
much land and the crop are of short
growing periods.
Photo 4.102: Segment of Bao River
Unit IV is of low incidence, since the
scarcity of vegetation is manifest in
isolated form in all the area.
COR-01-EI-004-07
Page 220
Figure 4.50: Landscaping Potentiality
COR-01-EI-004-07
Page 221
4.10.10 Phase No. 3: Development of Landscape Fragility Map
To evaluate the Landscape Fragility a crossing method of the following variables was
developed:

Landscape Units that weighs the types considering the soil, vegetative cover and
slope;

Location map of the project objectives;

Accessibility of the project area that considers the distance and/or visual access to or
from roads and settlements, and it is expressed through the Spot Maps and Road
Maps.
Spot Map
Population Concentration
Preliminary I
Fragility Map
Roads Map
Length of Roads
Figure 4.51: Preliminary Fragility Map Diagram
First, the Spots Map, which shows the residents on the area, was compared to the Roads
Map whose lengths crosses or pass near the works of the project to be constructed, to have
an idea how far inside the project areas of direct and indirect influence the residents live
and can access the infrastructure through dirt roads, embankments and roads. This way it
was possible to categorize the fragility in according to these two elements; in Table 4.65, it
can be observed the intervals for each parameter according to the category:
Table 4.65: Characterization of the Landscape Fragility, Population Concentration and Length of
Roads
Fragility
Category
Very High
High
Moderate
Low
Very Low
COR-01-EI-004-07
Population
Concentration
801 – 4376
391 – 800
161 – 390
51 – 160
1 - 50
Roads Length
5501 – 9750
3401 – 5500
2201 – 3400
776 – 2200
0 -775
Page 222
4.10.11 Phase No. 4: Development of Landscape Fragility Map
Preliminary I Fragility Map was crossed with the Landscape Units Map and the
Landscape Fragility Map was obtained (see Figure 4.52); Table 4.66 shows a summary of
the analysis fulfilled:
Preliminary
Fragility Map
Landscape
Fragility Map
Landscape Units
Map
Figure 4.52: Diagram of Map of Preliminary Landscape Fragility
Table 4.66: Landscape Fragility and Landscape Units.
Fragility
Landscape
Units
I–1
I–2
I–3
II – 1
II – 2
II – 3
III – 1
III – 2
III – 3
IV – 1
COR-01-EI-004-07
Very Low
VL
Low
L
Moderate
M
High
H
Very High
VH
VL
L
L
VL
L
L
VL
VL
L
VL
L
L
VL
L
L
VL
L
L
L
L
M
L
L
M
L
L
M
M
M
H
M
H
H
M
M
H
L
H
H
MA
H
VH
VH
H
H
H
Page 223
Figure 4.53: Landscape Fragility Map
COR-01-EI-004-07
Page 224
As results of the analysis it is established that:

The Sabaneta Reservoir presents a low to medium fragility since it is in a poorly
accessible to the population;

The Los Limones Reservoir presents a low to medium fragility in the central part f the
reservoir; to the south the fragility is high because of the level of access and ;

The Power House infrastructure has a high to medium fragility since it will be of the
dominium of the locals because of its location, which will be next to the road and will
be observed as any service infrastructure;

138 kw High Voltage Line: the introduction of this line with its towers is located in as
low to medium fragility area in this part of the project.
4.10.12 Phase No. 5 Development of Map of Infrastructure Acceptability
For the Development of the Map of Infrastructure Acceptability it was considered as
variables two information corresponding to:

Landscaping Potentiality;

Fragility of Landscape.
Fragility of Landscape
Map
Acceptability of
Infrastructure
Map
Landscaping Potential
Map
Figure 4.54: Diagram of Map of Acceptability
Both variables define how the perceptual media and value of this in terms of its protected
areas can assimilate the project, in other words, accept it considering the surroundings. It
is important to say that this acceptability can be possible based on the adjustments
introduced in the Works to be constructed, for the results expressed in the table can be
improved (see Figure 4.55). Table 4.67 shows a summary of the analysis of the landscape
linking the different categories by type of characterizations.
COR-01-EI-004-07
Page 225
Table 4.67: Landscaping Potential and Landscape Fragility.
Landscape
Fragility
Landscape
Potential
Low
Moderate
High
Very High
COR-01-EI-004-07
Very Low
VL
Low
L
Moderate
M
High
H
Very High
VH
Very High
High
Moderate
Moderate
Very High
High
Moderate
Moderate
High
Moderate
Low
Low
Moderate
Moderate
Very Low
Low
Low
Very Low
Page 226
Figure 4.55: Map showing Acceptabity of the Infrastructure on the Landscape
COR-01-EI-004-07
Page 227
EIA LAS PLACETAS HYDROELECTRIC PROJECT
4.10.13 Conclusions
The project area landscape presents the following characteristics:

A total of four main units were defined; Unit I, Unit II, Unit III and Unit IV, which
were classified in 10 sub-units. These classifications considered the vegetative cover
and the slope;

Of the four units, the one with the most distribution in the Project area is Unit I
Coniferous, Hardwood and Agroforest Forests that cover 66.4% of the surface total.
Unit IV Scarce Vegetation was the one with the least distribution with only 0.15% of
the surface total;

The Landscaping Potential is distributed in the following way:



High Potential – Very high for Units I y II;

Medium Potential – Low for Unit III;

Low Potential for Unit IV.
The Landscaping Fragility behaves as follows:

Sabaneta Reservoir fragility is low to moderate;

Los Limones Reservoir fragility is low to moderate in the center of the reservoir;
the limit to the south has high fragility;

The Power House has high fragility;

The High Voltage Line presents a much generalized fragility along the line
between low and moderate except in a few points in which fragility is high.
The Acceptability of the Project on the landscape is the following:

Sabaneta Reservoir acceptability is moderate to low;

Los Limones Reservoir acceptability is low to very low;

The Power House has moderate acceptability;

The High Voltage Line presents an acceptability high to moderate.
COR-01-EI-004-07
Chapter 4: Description of Physical and Natural Medium
Pag. 228

chapter 4: description of the natura physical environment

Transcription

Similar documents

Terry Fator Fox Theatre_PP1

BOY SCOUTS NIGHT OUT AT BLUE MAN GROUP!

Combat Veterans Motorcycle Association of Nevada - Nevada 41-1

Fourth of July Celebration Activities.

Spanish 3 - Unit 2 At School Vocabulary B

The Principles of Design

Cuarteles - Portal de Turismo de Puente Genil

HERE

St. Therese

rights soLd